NZ724764B2 - Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same - Google Patents
Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ724764B2 NZ724764B2 NZ724764A NZ72476415A NZ724764B2 NZ 724764 B2 NZ724764 B2 NZ 724764B2 NZ 724764 A NZ724764 A NZ 724764A NZ 72476415 A NZ72476415 A NZ 72476415A NZ 724764 B2 NZ724764 B2 NZ 724764B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- protected
- compound
- linkage
- substituted
- group
- Prior art date
Links
- 229920000272 Oligonucleotide Polymers 0.000 title abstract description 241
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title abstract description 134
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 114
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 111
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 80
- 230000001808 coupling Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 55
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 33
- LLKYUHGUYSLMPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoramidite Chemical compound NP([O-])[O-] LLKYUHGUYSLMPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 230000001590 oxidative Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 239000012011 nucleophilic catalyst Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 233
- -1 isobutyryl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 133
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 118
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 92
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 79
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 78
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 71
- 230000002194 synthesizing Effects 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 66
- 229920000023 polynucleotide Polymers 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 52
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 30
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 289-95-2 Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000006245 phosphate protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000005987 sulfurization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 229940035295 Ting Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Natural products NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960000643 Adenine Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 229940035893 Uracil Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 229940104302 Cytosine Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 229940113082 Thymine Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen Chemical group O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001809 detectable Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 claims description 3
- RYSMHWILUNYBFW-GRIPGOBMSA-N 3'-amino-3'-deoxy-N(6),N(6)-dimethyladenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N(C)C)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O RYSMHWILUNYBFW-GRIPGOBMSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 abstract description 50
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 abstract description 18
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 abstract description 14
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 159
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 70
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 66
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Substances CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 58
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 57
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 56
- 108010017842 Telomerase Proteins 0.000 description 51
- 102000004591 Telomerase Human genes 0.000 description 51
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 49
- 230000000295 complement Effects 0.000 description 45
- 229920000160 (ribonucleotides)n+m Polymers 0.000 description 41
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 37
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid ethyl ester Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 31
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 31
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 30
- 125000004435 hydrogen atoms Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 24
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 125000004432 carbon atoms Chemical group C* 0.000 description 23
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 19
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 17
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 16
- NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N etomidate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CN=CN1[C@H](C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NPUKDXXFDDZOKR-LLVKDONJSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 16
- 229950004291 Imetelstat Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 15
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 229940059260 Amidate Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000004429 atoms Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 229960001690 etomidate Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 14
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 210000004027 cells Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylene dichloride Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 10
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229920003013 deoxyribonucleic acid Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 108010057210 telomerase RNA Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 125000001369 canonical nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 239000005289 controlled pore glass Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 125000005404 thioheteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000834102 Ailia Species 0.000 description 7
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- DDUNIBKOBAXULU-UHFFFAOYSA-L [O-]P([O-])(=O)N=O Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])(=O)N=O DDUNIBKOBAXULU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 125000000033 alkoxyamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006642 detritylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 7
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 7
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001603 reducing Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000005296 thioaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazole Chemical compound C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940083542 Sodium Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229940091252 Sodium supplements Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000005255 oxyaminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 6
- 238000005731 phosphitylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000002633 protecting Effects 0.000 description 6
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 6
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Myristic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palmitic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005842 heteroatoms Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000003473 lipid group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutic aid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000008298 phosphoramidates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic Effects 0.000 description 5
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000036275 CLZ Effects 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N DEOXYTHYMIDINE Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940090034 Ibu Drugs 0.000 description 4
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N Meglumine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BGHCVCJVXZWKCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetradecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC BGHCVCJVXZWKCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increased Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960005141 piperazine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JOOXCMJARBKPKM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-oxopentanoate Chemical group CC(=O)CCC([O-])=O JOOXCMJARBKPKM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol Natural products OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IEVORMRANFJJFR-NMZIRJKDSA-A Imetelstat sodium Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].N1([C@@H]2O[C@@H]([C@H](C2)NP([O-])(=S)OC[C@@H]2[C@H](C[C@@H](O2)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)NP([S-])(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H](C[C@@H](O2)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)N)COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)N[C@H]2C[C@@H](O[C@@H]2COP([O-])(=S)OCC(O)CNC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)N2C(NC(=O)C(C)=C2)=O)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)N2C3=C(C(NC(N)=N3)=O)N=C2)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)C=CC(N)=NC1=O IEVORMRANFJJFR-NMZIRJKDSA-A 0.000 description 3
- 241000229754 Iva xanthiifolia Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010028537 Myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000003476 Primary Myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010072684 Refractory cytopenia with unilineage dysplasia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 159000000013 aluminium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910000329 aluminium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 230000000692 anti-sense Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011097 chromatography purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007374 clinical diagnostic method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002193 fatty amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 3
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-L methylphosphonate(2-) Chemical compound CP([O-])([O-])=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000002829 nitrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)(=O)O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N precursor Substances N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-ethanediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Methylimidazole Chemical compound CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ADVCGXWUUOVPPB-XLPZGREQSA-N 1-[(2R,4S,5S)-4-amino-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N)C1 ADVCGXWUUOVPPB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RKVHNYJPIXOHRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bis[di(propan-2-yl)amino]phosphanyloxypropanenitrile Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)P(N(C(C)C)C(C)C)OCCC#N RKVHNYJPIXOHRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YWZHEXZIISFIDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-amino-1,2,4-dithiazole-3-thione Chemical compound NC1=NC(=S)SS1 YWZHEXZIISFIDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GXGKKIPUFAHZIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-benzylsulfanyl-2H-tetrazole Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CSC=1N=NNN=1 GXGKKIPUFAHZIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GONFBOIJNUKKST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethylsulfanyl-2H-tetrazole Chemical compound CCSC=1N=NNN=1 GONFBOIJNUKKST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010000880 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 Central Nervous System Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960001091 Chenodeoxycholic Acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-BSWAIDMHSA-N Chenodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-BSWAIDMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002023 Chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241000219758 Cytisus Species 0.000 description 2
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002047 Essential Thrombocythemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229940012017 Ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-PXMDKTAGSA-N Guanosine Natural products C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-PXMDKTAGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940029575 Guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NDJKXXJCMXVBJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heptadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NDJKXXJCMXVBJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CBFCDTFDPHXCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Icosane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CBFCDTFDPHXCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indometacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N Lactose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]1CO)[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UUNJERMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lauric acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007046 Leukemia, Myeloid, Acute Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000214 Leukemia, Myelomonocytic, Chronic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N Linoleic acid Natural products CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-IXWMQOLASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940091250 Magnesium supplements Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 241001446467 Mama Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229960003194 Meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010028549 Myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LQERIDTXQFOHKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC LQERIDTXQFOHKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RZJRJXONCZWCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC RZJRJXONCZWCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YCOZIPAWZNQLMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC YCOZIPAWZNQLMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003975 Potassium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000014961 Protein Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010078762 Protein Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000009527 Refractory Anemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000010495 Sarothamnus scoparius Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Stearic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 Thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tris Chemical class OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UCVXFZOQSA-N Uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UCVXFZOQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045145 Uridine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940046282 Zinc Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940091251 Zinc Supplements Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- MIBQYWIOHFTKHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane-1-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC2CC1(C(=O)Cl)C3 MIBQYWIOHFTKHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940053200 antiepileptics Fatty acid derivatives Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005418 aryl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium(0) Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229950001904 chenodiol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 201000010902 chronic myelomonocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002939 deleterious Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N edta Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanolamine Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940031098 ethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLGZELKXQMTEMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydride Chemical compound [H-] KLGZELKXQMTEMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940058352 levulinate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960001078 lithium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019371 penicillin G benzathine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L persulfate group Chemical class S(=O)(=O)([O-])OOS(=O)(=O)[O-] JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004437 phosphorous atoms Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 231100000486 side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006177 thiolation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-PDBXOOCHSA-N α-linolenic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-PDBXOOCHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKMGSWIFEHZQRS-NSHDSACASA-N (1R)-1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(propan-2-ylamino)ethanol Chemical compound CC(C)NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 VKMGSWIFEHZQRS-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MHCVCKDNQYMGEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-biphenyl;phenoxybenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 MHCVCKDNQYMGEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethylguanidine Chemical compound CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUDOLRSMWHVKGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dioxo-1$l^{6},2-benzodithiol-3-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)SS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 JUDOLRSMWHVKGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWGTZMOVKQKQJP-CZEMYHJLSA-N 1-[(2R,3R,4R,5R)-4-amino-3-fluoro-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O[C@]1(F)[C@](N)(O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 PWGTZMOVKQKQJP-CZEMYHJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMCDWBKAIOSANO-FPSVSHIKSA-N 1-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-amino-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@](N)(O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 QMCDWBKAIOSANO-FPSVSHIKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFQYKVHJPYQWER-JIMJEQGWSA-N 1-[(2R,4S,5S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(tritylamino)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C1 FFQYKVHJPYQWER-JIMJEQGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQDLKAADJTYKRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminopropane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound NC(O)C(O)CO MQDLKAADJTYKRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-KTKRTIGZSA-N 1-oleoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Substances C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1H-indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NCCC2=C1 LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVTBUTPWEOUGGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[5-[5-[4-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenoxy)piperidin-1-yl]-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl]tetrazol-2-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN1N=NC(C=2SC(=NN=2)N2CCC(CC2)OC=2C(=CC=C(F)C=2)Br)=N1 SVTBUTPWEOUGGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABFPKTQEQNICFT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-chloro-1-methylpyridin-1-ium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C[N+]1=CC=CC=C1Cl ABFPKTQEQNICFT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LULAYUGMBFYYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chlorobenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 LULAYUGMBFYYEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002103 4,4'-dimethoxytriphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)(C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- CBKDCOKSXCTDAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1CCCC2=C1C=CS2 CBKDCOKSXCTDAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UMZBRFQRSA-N 4-[(3R,5S,7R,12S)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]pentanoic acid Chemical class C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CCC1(C)C1C2C2CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UMZBRFQRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGHYGRYUGKKTPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid;2-aminoethanol Chemical compound NCCO.NC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 HGHYGRYUGKKTPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIUOBAHGBPSRKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(4-nitrophenyl)-2H-tetrazole Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1C1=NNN=N1 MIUOBAHGBPSRKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N AI2O3 Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710034857 ATIC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010049460 Abasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-SXVXDFOESA-N Adenosine Natural products Nc1ncnc2c1ncn2[C@@H]3O[C@@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]3O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-SXVXDFOESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002395 Aptamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000287523 Ara Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000005781 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 Bile Salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-O CC[NH+](CC)CC Chemical compound CC[NH+](CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000036261 CLT Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005632 Capric acid (CAS 334-48-5) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005635 Caprylic acid (CAS 124-07-2) Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate dianion Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 Cell Membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003679 Cervix Uteri Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cesium Chemical compound [Cs] TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 Chromosomes Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010065854 Chronic eosinophilic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 Colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002676 Complementary DNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004394 Complementary RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000002808 Connective Tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108009000097 DNA Replication Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JXTHNDFMNIQAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)Cl JXTHNDFMNIQAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001193 Diclofenac Sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003109 Disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- AUZONCFQVSMFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disulfiram Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(=S)SSC(=S)N(CC)CC AUZONCFQVSMFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010058314 Dysplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N Ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XEHVFKKSDRMODV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethynyl radical Chemical group C#[C] XEHVFKKSDRMODV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N HCl Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100010327 HSPA4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000005209 Hematologic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002250 Hematologic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DCAYPVUWAIABOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DCAYPVUWAIABOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000257303 Hymenoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- WQYVRQLZKVEZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypochlorite Chemical class Cl[O-] WQYVRQLZKVEZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000905 Indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KMPDEGCQSA-N Inosine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(N=CNC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KMPDEGCQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXISYYRBXTVTFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropyl myristate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C AXISYYRBXTVTFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 Kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 Latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002884 Laureth 4 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283986 Lepus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000015 Leukemia, Neutrophilic, Chronic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Linoleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004488 Linolenic Acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 Lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010027476 Metastasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028576 Myeloproliferative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000021360 Myristic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QQJXZVKXNSFHRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(7H-purin-6-yl)benzamide Chemical compound N=1C=NC=2N=CNC=2C=1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QQJXZVKXNSFHRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101700079793 NR13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101700080605 NUC1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001850 Nucleic acid sequence Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 Oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010025310 Other lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 Ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 Pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010033661 Pancytopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282322 Panthera Species 0.000 description 1
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 Phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002895 Phenylbutazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphite Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])[O-] AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phthalimide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 Prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000025458 RNA interference Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 Retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XGTWOXXBRMVJEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N S-phenylsulfanyl ethanethioate Chemical compound CC(=O)SSC1=CC=CC=C1 XGTWOXXBRMVJEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKPMZLMOYCJBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N S=[PH2]SS[PH2]=S Chemical class S=[PH2]SS[PH2]=S LKPMZLMOYCJBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 Serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 Skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108020004459 Small Interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTURAGWYSMTVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O BTURAGWYSMTVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940082004 Sodium laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium salicylate Chemical compound [Na+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 Stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazolidine Chemical compound C1CSCN1 OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005485 Thrombocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035504 Tromethamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 Urinary Bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004291 Uterus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- UQYZFNUUOSSNKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [benzotriazol-1-yloxy(dimethylamino)methylidene]-dimethylazanium;hexafluorophosphate Chemical compound F[P-](F)(F)(F)(F)F.C1=CC=C2N(OC(N(C)C)=[N+](C)C)N=NC2=C1 UQYZFNUUOSSNKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002730 additional Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002009 alkene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002355 alkine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005055 alkyl alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005275 alkylenearyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005133 alkynyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000020661 alpha-linolenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005098 aryl alkoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M buffer Substances [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052792 caesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caprate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-M carbonochloridate Chemical class [O-]C(Cl)=O AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052798 chalcogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001787 chalcogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010903 chronic neutrophilic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960005188 collagen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005037 combinatorial chemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004465 cycloalkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004367 cycloalkylaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000027832 depurination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005215 dichloroacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KPHWPUGNDIVLNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M diclofenac sodium Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl KPHWPUGNDIVLNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RHMZKSWPMYAOAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl peroxide Chemical compound CCOOCC RHMZKSWPMYAOAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019301 disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940071106 ethylenediaminetetraacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005290 ethynyloxy group Chemical group C(#C)O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002192 fatty aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003709 fluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002406 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003976 glyceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(O[H])([H])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010440 gypsum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052602 gypsum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002489 hematologic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005343 heterocyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005844 heterocyclyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004468 heterocyclylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ARBOVOVUTSQWSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(Cl)=O ARBOVOVUTSQWSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008079 hexane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000589 high-performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001744 histochemical Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002432 hydroperoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ILHIHKRJJMKBEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroperoxyethane Chemical compound CCOO ILHIHKRJJMKBEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MEUKEBNAABNAEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroperoxymethane Chemical compound COO MEUKEBNAABNAEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006301 indolyl methyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- LSACYLWPPQLVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutyric acid anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)OC(=O)C(C)C LSACYLWPPQLVSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940074928 isopropyl myristate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940062711 laureth-9 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049918 linoleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020778 linoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 load Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001239 microRNA Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940074096 monoolein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004712 monophosphates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000021281 monounsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000003793 myelodysplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atoms Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101700006494 nucA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940038384 octadecane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002446 octanoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002801 octanoyl group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atoms Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-acetaminophenol Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001312 palmitoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000002559 palpation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- VYMDGNCVAMGZFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbutazonum Chemical compound O=C1C(CCCC)C(=O)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 VYMDGNCVAMGZFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004291 polyenes Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020777 polyunsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propene Chemical group CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002601 radiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102220084927 rs778740017 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 150000003873 salicylate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002924 silencing RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004025 sodium salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XBYKLNAHPCSCOD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate Chemical compound [Na+].COC1=CC=C(O)C(C([O-])=O)=C1 XBYKLNAHPCSCOD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-M stearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002730 succinyl group Chemical group C(CCC(=O)*)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atoms Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010874 syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N tBuOOH Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OO CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060008083 tatC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VUENSYJCBOSTCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl-imidazol-1-yl-dimethylsilane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)N1C=CN=C1 VUENSYJCBOSTCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabutylammonium Chemical compound CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002447 thiram Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissues Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005671 trienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004205 trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- XPEMYYBBHOILIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(trimethylsilylperoxy)silane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OO[Si](C)(C)C XPEMYYBBHOILIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cells Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000000870 ultraviolet spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000523 zalcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
- C12N15/1137—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against enzymes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/11—Antisense
- C12N2310/113—Antisense targeting other non-coding nucleic acids, e.g. antagomirs
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
- C12N2310/314—Phosphoramidates
- C12N2310/3145—Phosphoramidates with the nitrogen in 3' or 5'-position
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/31—Chemical structure of the backbone
- C12N2310/315—Phosphorothioates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
- C12N2310/351—Conjugate
- C12N2310/3515—Lipophilic moiety, e.g. cholesterol
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12P—FERMENTATION OR ENZYME-USING PROCESSES TO SYNTHESISE A DESIRED CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR COMPOSITION OR TO SEPARATE OPTICAL ISOMERS FROM A RACEMIC MIXTURE
- C12P19/00—Preparation of compounds containing saccharide radicals
- C12P19/26—Preparation of nitrogen-containing carbohydrates
- C12P19/28—N-glycosides
- C12P19/30—Nucleotides
- C12P19/34—Polynucleotides, e.g. nucleic acids, oligoribonucleotides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y207/00—Transferases transferring phosphorus-containing groups (2.7)
- C12Y207/07—Nucleotidyltransferases (2.7.7)
- C12Y207/07049—RNA-directed DNA polymerase (2.7.7.49), i.e. telomerase or reverse-transcriptase
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
- Y02P20/55—Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups
Abstract
The present disclosure provides a solid phase method of making oligonucleotides via sequential coupling cycles including at least one coupling of a dinucleotide dimer subunit to a free 3'-terminal group of a growing chain. The oligonucleotides include at least two nucleoside subunits joined by a N3'?P5' phosphoramidate linkage. The method may include the steps of (a) deprotecting the protected 3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide-5'-phosphoramidite dimer in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside N3'?P5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c) oxidizing (e.g., sulfurizing) the linkage. The compositions produced by the subject methods may include a reduced amount of one or more (N-x) oligonucleotide products. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions including the subject oligonucleotide compositions. ?P5' phosphoramidate linkage. The method may include the steps of (a) deprotecting the protected 3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide-5'-phosphoramidite dimer in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside N3'?P5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c) oxidizing (e.g., sulfurizing) the linkage. The compositions produced by the subject methods may include a reduced amount of one or more (N-x) oligonucleotide products. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions including the subject oligonucleotide compositions.
Description
OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF MAKING THE SAME
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
Pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 119(e), this application claims priority to the filing dates of
U.S. provisional application serial No. 61/987,396, filed May 1, 2014, and U.S. provisional
application serial No. 62/151,909 filed April 23, 2015 (attorney reference number 185/002X), the
disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
INTRODUCTION
Nucleic acid polymer chemistry has played a role in many developing technologies in
the pharmaceutical, diagnostic, and analytical , and more particularly in the subfields of
antisense and anti—gene therapeutics, combinatorial chemistry, branched DNA signal
ication, and array—based DNA diagnostics and analysis. Some of this polymer chemistry
has been directed to improving the binding strength, specificity, and se resistance of
natural nucleic acid polymers, such as DNA. e c acid (PNAs), phosphorothioate,
methylphosphonate and phosphoramidate intemucleoside linkages are examples of some
polymer chemistries that have been applied to oligonucleotides to provide for one or more
desirable properties such as se resistance, cellular uptake and solubility.
Oligonucleotide N3'—>P5' phosphoramidates can form stable duplexes with
complementary DNA and RNA strands, as well as stable triplexes with DNA es, and are
resistant to nucleases. Oligonucleotide N3'—>P5' thiophosphoramidates have found use as potent
antisense agents both in vitro and in vivo. For example, oligonucleotide containing nds
that inhibit rase activity can be used to treat telomerase—mediated disorders, such as
cancer, since cancer cells express telomerase activity and normal human c cells do not
possess telomerase activity at biologically relevant levels. As such, methods of preparing and
isolating such oligonucleotides are of interest.
SUMMARY
The present disclosure provides a solid phase method of making oligonucleotides via
sequential coupling cycles including at least one ng of a eotide dimer subunit to a
2015/028327
free 3’--terminal group (e.g., a 3’x-hydroxyi or 3“--amino group) of a growing chain. The subject
methods include making oligonucleotides where at least two of the nucleoside subunits are
joined by a N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate subunit e. The method may include the steps
of (a) deprotecting the protected 3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a solid
phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino
group with a 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide—S'—phosphoramidite dimer in the presence of a
nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside 5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c)
oxidizing the linkage. In some cases, ing the linkage include sulfurizing to produce an
internucleoside N3'—>P5' thiophosphoramidate linkage.
Aspects of the present disclosure include oligonucleotide compositions produced by
the subject methods that include a reduced amount of one or more (N—X) ucleotide
products. In some cases, the reduced amount is less than (1.9 X N) parts to 100 by weight of one
or more (N—X) products relative to N product. Oligonucleotides prepared ing to the subject
methods include an oligonucleotide haVing a sequence of N nucleoside ts complementary
to the RNA component of human telomerase, wherein at least two of the nucleoside subunits are
joined by a N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage. Also provided are
pharmaceutical compositions including the subject oligonucleotide compositions.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figures 1A and 1B show an HPLC chromatogram (A) and “P NMR spectra (B) for a
TA dimer thiophosphoramidate (compound 7e, Scheme 1).
s 2A and 2B show an HPLC togram (A) and “P NMR spectra (B) for a
AA dimer thiophosphoramidate (compound 7a, Scheme 1).
Figures 3A and 3B show an HPLC chromatogram (A) and “P NMR spectra (B) for a
GG dimer thiophosphoramidate (compound 7c, Scheme 1).
Figures 4A and 4B show an HPLC chromatogram (A) and “P NMR spectra (B) for a
GT dimer thiophosphoramidate (compound 7d, Scheme 1).
Figures 5A and 5B show an HPLC chromatogram (A) and “P NMR spectra (B) for a
GA dimer thiophosphoramidate (compound 7b, Scheme 1).
Figures 6A and 6B show LCMS traces for dimer amidates TA, AA, GA, GT and GG.
Figure 7 shows an HPLC chromatogram of the product of a 140 umole scale
synthesis of imetelstat using a monomer coupling strategy.
Figure 8 shows an HPLC chromatogram of the product of a 140 umole scale
synthesis of imetelstat using a dimer block coupling strategy.
TIONS
The following terms have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. Any
undefined terms have their art recognized meanings.
As used herein, the terms polynucleotide and oligonucleotide are used
hangeably. Whenever an oligonucleotide is represented by a sequence. of letters, such as
”ATGUCCTG,” it is understood that the nucleotides are in 51...}3“ order from left to right and that
”A” denotes deoxyadenosine. ”C” denotes deoxyeytidine. ”G” denotes uanosine, ”T”
denotes thymidine, and ”U” denotes deoxyur‘idihe, unless otherwise noted.
As used herein, oside" includes the natural nucleosides, including 2'—deoxy and
roxyl forms, e. g. as described in Kornberg and Baker, DNA Replication, 2nd Ed.
(Freeman, San Francisco, 1992). gs" in reference to nucleosides includes synthetic
nucleosides having ed base moieties and/or modified sugar moieties, e. g. described
generally by Scheit, Nucleotide Analogs (John Wiley, New York, 1980). Such analogs include
synthetic nucleosides designed to enhance binding properties, e. g. stability, icity, or the
like, such as disclosed by Uhlmann and Peyman (Chemical Reviews, 90:543—584, 1990). In
some embodiments, a nucleoside or nucleoside analog es a 3’—hydroxyl group or a 3’—
amino group.
The terms "base" and obase” are used interchangeably and defined herein to
include (i) conventional DNA and RNA bases (uracil, thymine, adenine, guanine, and cytosine),
and (ii) modified bases or base analogs (e. g., 5—methyl—cytosine, 5—bromouracil, or inosine). A
base analog is a chemical whose molecular structure mimics that of a conventional DNA or RNA
base.
As used herein, "pyrimidine" means the pyrimidines occurring in natural nucleosides,
including cytosine, thymine, and uracil, and common analogs thereof, such as those ning
oxy, methyl, propynyl, methoxy, hydroxyl, amino, thio, halo, and like, tuents. The term as
used herein further includes pyrimidines with common protection groups attached, such as N4 —
lcytosine. Further common pyrimidine protection groups are sed by Beaucage and
Iyer Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311 (1992).
As used herein, "purine" means the purines occurring in natural sides,
including adenine, guanine, and hypoxanthine, and common analogs thereof, such as those
containing oxy, methyl, propynyl, methoxy, hydroxyl, amino, thio, halo, and like, substituents.
The term as used herein r includes s with common protection groups attached, such
as zoylguanine, NZ—isobutyrylguanine, N6—benzoyladenine, and the like. Further common
purine tion groups are disclosed by Beaucage and Iyer Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311 (1992).
As used herein, the term "—protected—" as a component of a chemical name refers to art—
recognized protection groups for a particular moiety of a compound, e. g. "5'—protected—
hydroxyl" in reference to a side includes triphenylmethyl (i.e., trityl), p—
anisyldiphenylmethyl (i.e., monomethoxytrityl or MMT), di—p—anisylphenylmethyl (i.e.,
dimethoxytrityl or DMT), and the like; and a protected nucleobase in reference to a nucleobase
including a heteroatom protected with a group such as a dimethylaminoformamidine (DMF),
benzoyl (Bz), isobutyryl, and the like. Art—recognized tion groups include those described
in the following references: Gait, editor, Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL
Press, Oxford, 1984); Amamath and Broom, Chemical Reviews, 77:183—217, 1977; Pon et al.,
Biotechniques, 6:768—775, 1988; Ohtsuka et al, Nicleic Acids Research, 10:6553—6570, 1982;
Eckstein, editor, Oligonucleotides. and Analogues: A Practical Approach (IRL Press, Oxford,
1991), Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, (John Wiley
& Sons, New York, 1991), Narang, editor, Synthesis and Applications of DNA and RNA
(Academic Press, New York, 1987), Beaucage and Iyer edron 48: 2223—2311 (1992), and
like references.
As used , "oligonucleotide N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate" means an oligomer,
usually linear, of nucleoside ts linked by at least one N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage.
In general terms, the nucleoside subunits comprise nucleosides or side analogs, but may
also comprise more l moieties haVing compatible chemistry, such as abasic sugars and
other hydrocarbon moieties, such as described in the following references: Newton et al., Nucleic
Acids Research, 21: 1155—1162 (1993); n et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114: 7976—7982 (1992);
Jaschke et al, Tetrahedron Letters, 34: 4 (1992); Ma et al., International application
PCT/CA92/00423; Zon et al., International application PCT/US90/06630; Durand et al., Nucleic
2015/028327
Acids Research, 18: 6353—6359 ; Salunkhe et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114: 772
(1992); and the like. In some instances, the term means an oligonucleotide wherein all
intemucleosidic es are replaced by N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkages, i.e. the term
comprehends lly as well as fully "amidated" oligomers. In some instances, it means an
oligonucleotide wherein all the intemucleosidic es are replaced by N3'—>P5'
phosphoramidate linkages and wherein the nucleo side subunits are the natural nucleosides or
analogs thereof. A subject oligonucleotide N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate in which every linkage is
an N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage ("fully amidated") may be imbedded in or ed to
other oligonucleotides or polynucleotides to form a larger er which is "partially
amidated." A subject oligonucleotide N3'—>P5' oramidate may include any convenient 3’
and/or 5’ al groups. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate
includes a 3’—hydroxyl terminal group or a 3’—amino terminal group.
As used herein, the terms hate” and “phosphate group” are meant to
encompass a thiophosphate group and an oxophosphate group.
As used herein, the term "phosphoramidite amino group" refers to the amino group, ——
NR4R5, attached to the phosphorus atom of a phosphoramidite group, and the term
horamidite nitrogen" refers to the nitrogen atom of the phosphoramidite amino group.
“Alkyl” refers to monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups haVing from 1 to
carbon atoms and such as 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e. g., “an alkyl of 1 to 6 carbons atoms”), or 1
to 5 (e.g., “an alkyl of 1 to 5 carbons atoms”), or 1 to 4 (e.g., “an alkyl of 1 to 4 carbons atoms”),
or 1 to 3 carbon atoms (e.g., “an alkyl of 1 to 3 carbons atoms”). This term es, by way of
example, linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH3—), ethyl (CH3CH2—), n—
propyl (CH3CH2CH2—), isopropyl ((CH3)2CH—), n—butyl (CH3CH2CH2CH2—), isobutyl
((CH3)2CHCH2-), sec-butyl ((CH3)(CH3CH2)CH-), t-butyl ((CH3)3C-), n-pentyl
(CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2—), and neopentyl ((CH3)3CCH2—).
The term “substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or
more carbon atoms in the alkyl chain have been optionally replaced with a heteroatom such
as —O—, —N—, —S—, —S(O)n— (where n is 0 to 2), —NR— (where R is hydrogen or alkyl) and haVing
from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted ,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino,
acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo,
thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol,
thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO—alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, —SOZ—
alkyl, —SOZ—aryl, —SOZ—heteroaryl, and —NRaRb, wherein Ra and Rb may be the same or different
and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, lkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,
alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. In some instances, tituted alkyl” refers to an
alkyl group as defined herein having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting
of alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy,
oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thiol, thioalkoxy, aryl,
aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, sulfonamido, and —NRaRb,
n Ra and Rb may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl,
alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
“Alkylene” refers to divalent aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups preferably haVing from 1
to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms that are either straight—chained or ed, and
which are optionally interrupted with one or more groups selected from —O—, —NR10—, —NR10C(O)—,
—C(O)NR10— and the like. This term includes, by way of e, methylene (—CH2—), ethylene
(—CHZCH2—), n—propylene (—CHZCHZCH2—), opylene (—CHZCH(CH3)—), (—C(CH3)2CH2CH2—),
(—C(CH3)2CH2C(O)—), (—C(CH3)2CH2C(O)NH-), (-CH(CH3)CH2-), and the like.
“Substituted alkylene” refers to an alkylene group haVing from 1 to 3 hydrogens
replaced with tuents as bed for carbons in the definition of “substituted” below.
The term “alkane” refers to alkyl group and alkylene group, as defined herein.
The term “alkylaminoalkyl”, “alkylaminoalkenyl” and “alkylaminoalkynyl” refers to
the groups R’NHR’: where R, is alkyl group as d herein and R” is alkylene, alkenylene or
alkynylene group as defined herein.
The term “alkaryl” or “aralkyl” refers to the groups —alkylene—aryl and —substituted
alkylene—aryl where alkylene, tuted alkylene and aryl are defined herein.
“Alkoxy” refers to the group —O—alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein. Alkoxy
includes, by way of example, y, ethoxy, n—propoxy, isopropoxy, n—butoxy, t—butoxy, sec—
butoxy, n—pentoxy, and the like. The term “alkoxy” also refers to the groups l—O—,
cycloalkyl—O—, cycloalkenyl—O—, and alkynyl—O—, where alkenyl, cycloalkyl, lkenyl, and
alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term ituted alkoxy” refers to the groups substituted alkyl—O—, substituted
alkenyl—O—, substituted cycloalkyl—O—, substituted cycloalkenyl—O—, and substituted alkynyl—O—
where substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and
substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term “alkoxyamino” refers to the group —NH—alkoxy, wherein alkoxy is defined
herein.
The term “haloalkoxy” refers to the groups alkyl—O— wherein one or more hydrogen
atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group and include, by way of
examples, groups such as trifluoromethoxy, and the like.
The term “haloalkyl” refers to a substituted alkyl group as bed above, wherein
one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group.
Examples of such groups include, without limitation, fluoroalkyl groups, such as trifluoromethyl,
difluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl and the like.
The term “alkylalkoxy” refers to the groups —alkylene—O—alkyl, alkylene—O—substituted
alkyl, substituted alkylene—O—alkyl, and substituted alkylene—O—substituted alkyl wherein alkyl,
substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
The term “alkylthioalkoxy” refers to the group —alkylene—S—alkyl, alkylene—S—
substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene—S—alkyl and substituted alkylene—S—substituted alkyl
wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
“Alkenyl” refers to straight chain or branched arbyl groups haVing from 2 to 6
carbon atoms and preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms and haVing at least 1 and preferably from 1 to 2
sites of double bond ration. This term includes, by way of e, bi—Vinyl, allyl, and
en—l—yl. ed within this term are the cis and trans isomers or es of these
isomers.
The term ituted alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein haVing
from 1 to 5 tuents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from , substituted ,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino,
acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano,
halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy,
thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl,
heteroaryloxy, cyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO—alkyl, —SO—
substituted alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, —SOg—alkyl, —SOz—substituted alkyl, —SOz—aryl and —
SOz—heteroaryl.
“Alkynyl” refers to straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbyl groups having from
2 to 6 carbon atoms and ably 2 to 3 carbon atoms and having at least 1 and preferably from
1 to 2 sites of triple bond unsaturation. Examples of such alkynyl groups include acetylenyl
(—CECH), and propargyl (—CHZCECH).
The term “substituted alkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein haVing
from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy,
cycloalkyl, tuted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino,
acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano,
halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, yloxy, thioheteroaryloxy,
thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryl,
heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO—alkyl, —SO—
substituted alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, —SOg—alkyl, —SOz—substituted alkyl, —SOg—aryl, and —
SOZ—heteroaryl.
“Alkynyloxy” refers to the group ynyl, wherein alkynyl is as defined herein.
loxy es, by way of example, ethynyloxy, propynyloxy, and the like.
“Acyl” refers to the groups H—C(O)—, alkyl—C(O)—, substituted alkyl—C(O)—, alkenyl—
C(O)—, substituted alkenyl—C(O)—, alkynyl—C(O)—, substituted alkynyl—C(O)—, lkyl—C(O)—,
substituted cycloalkyl—C(O)—, cycloalkenyl—C(O)—, substituted cycloalkenyl—C(O)—, aryl—C(O)—,
substituted aryl—C(O)—, heteroaryl—C(O)—, substituted heteroaryl—C(O)—, heterocyclyl—C(O)—, and
substituted heterocyclyl—C(O)—, n alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl,
l, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted
cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cyclic, and
tuted cyclic are as defined herein. For example, acyl includes the “acetyl” group
CH3C(O)—
“Acylamino” refers to the groups —NR20C(O)alkyl, —NR20C(O)substituted alkyl, N
R20C(O)cycloalkyl, —NR20C(O)substituted cycloalkyl, —
NR20C(O)cycloalkenyl, —NR20C(O)substituted cycloalkenyl, —NR20C(O)alkenyl, —
O)substituted alkenyl, —NR20C(O)alkynyl, —NR20C(O)substituted
alkynyl, —NR20C(O)aryl, (O)substituted aryl, —NR20C(O)heteroaryl, —NR20C(O)substituted
heteroaryl, —NR20C(O)heterocyclic, and —NR20C(O)substituted heterocyclic, n R20 is
hydrogen or alkyl and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,
substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, tuted cycloalkenyl,
aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic
are as defined .
carbonyl” or the term “aminoacyl” refers to the group —C(O)NR21R22, wherein
R21 and R22 independently are ed from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted
alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted lkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,
heterocyclic, and substituted cyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together
with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and
wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined
herein.
carbonylamino” refers to the group —NR21C(O)NR22R23 where R21, R22, and
R23 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, or where two R groups
are joined to form a heterocyclyl group.
The term “alkoxycarbonylamino” refers to the group —NRC(O)OR where each R is
independently en, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl,
substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
The term “acyloxy” refers to the groups alkyl—C(O)O—, substituted alkyl—C(O)O—,
cycloalkyl—C(O)O—, substituted cycloalkyl—C(O)O—, aryl—C(O)O—, heteroaryl—C(O)O—, and
heterocyclyl—C(O)O— wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl,
heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
sulfonyl” refers to the group 21R22, wherein R21 and R22
independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,
heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with
the nitrogen bound o to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group and alkyl,
WO 68310 2015/028327
substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,
substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
“Sulfonylamino” refers to the group —NRZISOZR22, wherein R21 and R22
independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, lkenyl, tuted lkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl,
heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together
with the atoms bound thereto to form a cyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and
wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted l, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,
lkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl,
heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and tuted heterocyclic are as defined
herein.
“Aryl” or “Ar” refers to a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 18
carbon atoms haVing a single ring (such as is present in a phenyl group) or a ring system haVing
multiple condensed rings (examples of such aromatic ring systems include naphthyl, anthryl and
l) which condensed rings may or may not be ic, provided that the point of
attachment is through an atom of an aromatic ring. This term includes, by way of example,
phenyl and naphthyl. Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the aryl substituent,
such aryl groups can optionally be substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3
substituents, selected from acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl,
lkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted
alkynyl, substituted lkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl,
acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro,
heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino,
thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, yloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, kyl, —SO—substituted
alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, —SOZ—alkyl, —SOZ—substituted alkyl, —SOZ—aryl, —SOZ—heteroaryl
and trihalomethyl. In such cases, an aryl group that is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents
(e.g., as described herein) is referred to as a “substituted aryl”.
“Aryloxy” refers to the group —O—aryl, wherein aryl is as defined herein, ing, by
way of example, phenoxy, naphthoxy, and the like, including optionally substituted aryl groups
as also defined herein.
“Amino” refers to the group —NH2.
The term “substituted amino” refers to the group —NRR where each R is
ndently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, tuted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted
cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl ed that at
least one R is not hydrogen.
The term ” refers to the group —N3.
“Carboxyl,” xy” or “carboxylate” refers to —COZH or salts thereof.
“Carboxyl ester” or “carboxy ester” or the terms “carboxyalkyl” or xylalkyl”
refers to the groups —C(O)O—alkyl, —C(O)O—substituted
alkyl, -C(O)O-alkenyl, -C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -C(O)O-alkynyl, -C(O)O-substituted
alkynyl, —C(O)O—aryl, —substituted aryl, —C(O)O—cycloalkyl, —C(O)O—substituted
cycloalkyl, —C(O)O—cycloalkenyl, —C(O)O—substituted
cycloalkenyl, —C(O)O—heteroaryl, —C(O)O—substituted heteroaryl, —C(O)O—heterocyclic,
and —C(O)O—substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, tuted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted
alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted
cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and
substituted cyclic are as defined herein.
“(Carboxyl ester)oxy” or “carbonate” refers to the groups —O—C(O)O—
alkyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted alkyl, -O-C(O)O-alkenyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -O-
C(O)O-alkynyl, -O-C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, -O-C(O)O-aryl, -O-C(O)O-substituted aryl, -O-
C(O)O—cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O—substituted cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O—cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O—
substituted cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O—heteroaryl, —O—C(O)O—substituted heteroaryl, )O—
heterocyclic, and —O—C(O)O—substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,
substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, tuted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,
substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, cyclic,
and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
” or “nitrile” refers to the group —CN.
“Cycloalkyl” refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single
or multiple cyclic rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems. Examples of suitable
lkyl groups include, for instance, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
cyclooctyl and the like. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring
structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring
structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
The term “substituted cycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups haVing from 1 to 5
substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkyl, tuted alkyl, alkoxy,
substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, lkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl,
acyl, ino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl,
azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy,
teroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy,
heteroaryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino,
nitro, —SO—alkyl, —SO—substituted alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, lkyl, —SOz—substituted
alkyl, ryl and eteroaryl.
“Cycloalkenyl” refers to non—aromatic cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon
atoms haVing single or multiple rings and haVing at least one double bond and preferably from 1
to 2 double bonds.
The term “substituted cycloalkenyl” refers to cycloalkenyl groups haVing from 1 to 5
substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl,
tuted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino,
substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, noacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl,
keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy,
thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl,
heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO—alkyl, —SO—substituted alkyl, —SO—aryl,
SO—heteroaryl, —SOg—alkyl, —SOz—substituted alkyl, —SOz—aryl and eteroaryl.
“Cycloalkynyl” refers to non—aromatic cycloalkyl groups of from 5 to 10 carbon
atoms haVing single or multiple rings and haVing at least one triple bond.
“Cycloalkoxy” refers to —O—cycloalkyl.
“Cycloalkenyloxy” refers to —O—cycloalkenyl.
“Halo” or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
“Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH.
“Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 15 carbon atoms, such as from
1 to 10 carbon atoms and l to 10 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen,
nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring. Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (such as,
nyl, imidazolyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings in a ring system (for e as in
groups such as, indolizinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuran, benzimidazolyl or benzothienyl), wherein at
least one ring within the ring system is ic and at least one ring within the ring system is
aromatic that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic ring. In
, provided
certain embodiments, the nitrogen and/or sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are
optionally oxidized to provide for the N—oxide (N—>O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties. This term
includes, by way of example, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, enyl, and furanyl. Unless
otherwise constrained by the definition for the heteroaryl substituent, such heteroaryl groups can
be optionally substituted with l to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from
acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,
substituted alkyl, tuted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted l, substituted
cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, l,
aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, aryloxy,
cyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted koxy,
thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, —SO—alkyl, —SO—substituted alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, —SOZ—
alkyl, —SOZ—substituted alkyl, ryl and —SOZ—heteroaryl, and trihalomethyl. In such cases, a
heteroaryl group that is substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents (e. g., as described herein) is
referred to as a “substituted heteroaryl”.
The term “heteroaralkyl” refers to the groups —alkylene—heteroaryl where ne and
heteroaryl are defined herein. This term includes, by way of example, pyridylmethyl,
pyridylethyl, indolylmethyl, and the like.
“Heteroaryloxy” refers to —O—heteroaryl.
“Heterocycle,” “heterocyclic,” “heterocycloalkyl,” and “heterocyclyl” refer to a
saturated or unsaturated group haVing a single ring or le condensed rings, including fused
bridged and spiro ring systems, and haVing from 3 to 20 ring atoms, including 1 to 10 hetero
atoms. These ring atoms are selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, , or oxygen,
wherein, in fused ring systems, one or more of the rings can be cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl,
ed that the point of attachment is through the non—aromatic ring. In certain embodiments,
the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are ally oxidized to provide for
the N—oxide, —S(O)—, or —SOZ— moieties.
Examples of heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, azetidine,
pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, zine, isoindole,
indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine,
naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline,
phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine,
phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, l,2,3,4—
tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5 ,6,7—tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiazolidine, ene,
benzo[b]thiophene, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as thiamorpholinyl), l,l—
dioxothiomorpholinyl, dinyl, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
Unless otherwise constrained by the tion for the heterocyclic substituent, such
heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with l to 5, or from 1 to 3 tuents, selected
from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, tuted
cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy,
oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, yl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl,
thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy,
aryl, y, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino,
alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO—alkyl, —SO—substituted alkyl, —SO—aryl, —SO—heteroaryl, —SOZ—alkyl, —
SOg—substituted alkyl, —SOg—aryl, —SOg—heteroaryl, and fused heterocycle.
“Heterocyclyloxy” refers to the group erocyclyl.
The term “heterocyclylthio” refers to the group heterocyclic—S—.
The term “heterocyclene” refers to the diradical group formed from a heterocycle, as
defined herein.
The term “hydroxyamino” refers to the group —NHOH.
“Nitro” refers to the group —N02.
“OX0” refers to the atom (=0).
“Sulfonyl” refers to the group kyl, SOg—substituted alkyl, SOg—alkenyl, SOZ—
substituted alkenyl, SOg—cycloalkyl, bstituted cylcoalkyl, SOz—cycloalkenyl, SOZ—
substituted lkenyl, SOZ—aryl, SOZ—substituted aryl, SOZ—heteroaryl, SOZ—substituted
heteroaryl, SOz—heterocyclic, and bstituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, tuted l, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,
cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, tuted aryl,
heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. Sulfonyl includes, by way of
example, methyl—SOT, —SOT, and 4—methylphenyl—SOZ—.
“Sulfonyloxy” refers to the group —OSOg—alkyl, OSOg—substituted alkyl, OSOZ—
alkenyl, OSOZ—substituted alkenyl, OSOZ—cycloalkyl, OSOZ—substituted cylcoalkyl, OSOZ—
cycloalkenyl, OSOZ—substituted cylcoalkenyl, OSOZ—aryl, ubstituted aryl, OSOZ—
heteroaryl, OSOg—substituted heteroaryl, OSOg—heterocyclic, and 0802 tuted
heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted
alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl,
substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are
as defined herein.
The term “aminocarbonyloxy” refers to the group —OC(O)NRR where each R is
independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl,
substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
” refers to the group —SH.
o” or the term “thioketo” refers to the atom (28).
“Alkylthio” or the term “thioalkoxy” refers to the group —S—alkyl, wherein alkyl is as
defined herein. In certain ments, sulfur may be oxidized to —S(O)—. The sulfoxide may
exist as one or more stereoisomers.
The term “substituted thioalkoxy” refers to the group —S—substituted alkyl.
The term “thioaryloxy” refers to the group aryl—S— wherein the aryl group is as
defined herein including optionally substituted aryl groups also defined herein.
The term “thioheteroaryloxy” refers to the group heteroaryl—S— wherein the heteroaryl
group is as defined herein including optionally tuted aryl groups as also defined herein.
The term “thioheterocyclooxy” refers to the group heterocyclyl—S— wherein the
heterocyclyl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted heterocyclyl groups as
also defined herein.
In addition to the sure herein, the term ituted,” when used to modify a
specified group or radical, can also mean that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group
or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent
groups as defined below.
In addition to the groups disclosed with respect to the individual terms herein,
substituent groups for substituting for one or more hydrogens (any two hydrogens on a single
carbon can be ed with =0, =NR70, =N—OR70, 2N2 or :8) on saturated carbon atoms in the
specified group or radical are, unless otherwise specified, —R60, halo, =0, —OR70, —SR70, —NR80R80,
trihalomethyl, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, -N02, 2N2, —N3, -SOZR70, -SOZO’
M", —SOZOR70, —OSOZR70, —osozoM+, R70, —P(O)(O’)2(M+)2, —P(O)(OR70)O’
M", —P(O)(OR70) 2, 70, —C(S)R70, —C(NR70)R70, ’
M", —C(O)OR70, -C(S)OR70, —C(O)NRSOR80, —C(NR70)NR80R80, —OC(O)R70, —OC(S)R70, -OC(O)O
'M+, —OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)R70, —NR70C(S)R70, —NR70CO[
M+, 02R70, —NR70C(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)NR80R80, —NR70C(NR70)R70
and —NR70C(NR70)NRSORSO, where R60 is selected from the group consisting of optionally
substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,
heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl, each R70 is independently hydrogen or R60; each R80 is
independently R70 or alternatively, two RSO’s, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they
are bonded, form a 5—, 6— or 7—membered heterocycloalkyl which may optionally include from 1
to 4 of the same or different additional heteroatoms ed from the group consisting of O, N
and S, of which N may have —H or C1—C3 alkyl substitution; and each M+ is a counter ion with a
net single positive charge. Each M+ may independently be, for example, an alkali ion, such as
K", Na+, Li+; an ammonium ion, such as +N(R60)4; or an alkaline earth ion, such as [Ca2+]05,
[Mg2+]0.5, or [Ba2+]0.5 (“subscript 0.5 means that one of the counter ions for such nt alkali
earth ions can be an ionized form of a nd of the invention and the other a counter ion
such as chloride, or two ionized compounds disclosed herein can serve as counter ions for such
divalent alkali earth ions, or a doubly ionized nd of the invention can serve as the counter
ion for such divalent alkali earth ions). As specific es, —NR80R80 is meant to
include —NH2, —NH—alkyl, N—pyrrolidinyl, N—piperazinyl, 4N—methyl—piperazin—l—yl and N—
morpholinyl.
In addition to the sure herein, substituent groups for hydrogens on unsaturated
carbon atoms in “substituted” alkene, alkyne, aryl and heteroaryl groups are, unless otherwise
specified, -R60, halo, -O'M+, —0R7°, —SR70, —S’M+, —NR80R80,
trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —N02, —N3, —SOZR70, so;
M", —sogR70, 70, —oso;M+, —osogR70, —P03'2(M+)2, —P(O)(OR70)O’
M.‘, —P(O)(OR70)2, —C(O)R70, —C(S)R70, —C(NR70)R70, co;
M.', -C02R70, -C(S)OR70, RSOR80, —C(NR70)NR80R80, —OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70, oco;
M.', —OC02R70, -OC(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)R70, —NR70C(S)R70, —NR70CO[
M.', —NR70C02R70, —NR70C(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)NR80R80, —NR70C(NR70)R70
and —NR70C(NR70)NRSORSO, where R60, R70, R80 and M+ are as previously defined, provided that
in case of substituted alkene or alkyne, the substituents are not —O'M+, —OR70, —SR70, or —S’M+.
In addition to the groups sed with respect to the individual terms ,
substituent groups for hydrogens on nitrogen atoms in “substituted” heteroalkyl and
cycloheteroalkyl groups are, unless otherwise
specified, -R60, -O'M+, -OR70, —SR70, —S'M+, —NR80R80,
trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —NO, -N02, —S(O)2R70, —S(O)20'M+, —S(O)20R70, -OS(O)2R70, 2
0'M+, -OS(O)20R70, —P(O)(O')2(M+)2, —P(O)(OR70)O'M+, —P(O)(OR70)(OR70), —C(O)R70, —C(S)R7
0, —C(NR70)R70, R70, —C(S)OR70, —C(O)NRSOR80, 0)NR80R80, —OC(O)R70, —OC(S)R7
0, —OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)R70, —NR70C(S)R70, —NR70C(O)OR70, —NR70C(S)OR70, —
NR70C(O)NR80R80, (NR70)R70 and —NR7OC(NR70)NR80R80, where R60, R70, R80 and M+
are as previously defined.
In addition to the disclosure herein, in a n embodiment, a group that is
substituted has 1, 2, 3, or 4 tuents, l, 2, or 3 substituents, l or 2 substituents, or 1
substituent.
It is understood that in all substituted groups defined above, polymers arrived at by
defining substituents with r substituents to themselves (e. g., substituted aryl having a
substituted aryl group as a substituent which is itself substituted with a tuted aryl group,
which is further substituted by a substituted aryl group, etc.) are not intended for inclusion
herein. In such cases, the m number of such substitutions is three. For example, serial
substitutions of substituted aryl groups specifically contemplated herein are limited to substituted
aryl—(substituted aryl)—substituted aryl.
Unless indicated otherwise, the nomenclature of substituents that are not explicitly
defined herein are arrived at by naming the terminal portion of the functionality followed by the
2015/028327
adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, the substituent
“arylalkyloxycarbonyl” refers to the group (aryl)—(alkyl)—O—C(O)—.
As to any of the groups disclosed herein which contain one or more substituents, it is
tood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns
which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non—feasible. In addition, the subject
compounds include all stereochemical s g from the substitution of these compounds.
The term “pharmaceutically able salt” means a salt which is acceptable for
administration to a patient, such as a mammal (salts with counterions having acceptable
mammalian safety for a given dosage regime). Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically
acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or c
acids. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a
compound, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well
known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, and the like; and when the
molecule contains a basic onality, salts of c or inorganic acids, such as
hydrochloride, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of st include, but are not
limited to, aluminium, um, arginine, barium, benzathine, calcium, cholinate,
ethylenediamine, lysine, lithium, magnesium, meglumine, procaine, potassium, sodium,
tromethamine, N—methylglucamine, N,N’—dibenzylethylene—diamine, chloroprocaine,
diethanolamine, ethanolamine, piperazine, zinc, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine,
triethylamine and triethanolamine salts.
The term “salt thereof’ means a nd formed when a proton of an acid is
ed by a , such as a metal cation or an c cation and the like. Where applicable,
the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, although this is not required for salts of
intermediate compounds that are not intended for administration to a patient. By way of
example, salts of the present compounds include those wherein the compound is protonated by
an inorganic or organic acid to form a cation, with the conjugate base of the inorganic or organic
acid as the anionic component of the salt. Salts of interest include, but are not limited to,
aluminium, ammonium, arginine, barium, benzathine, calcium, cesium, cholinate,
ethylenediamine, lithium, magnesium, meglumine, procaine, N—methylglucamine, piperazine,
potassium, sodium, hamine, zinc, N,N’—dibenzylethylene—diamine, chloroprocaine,
diethanolamine, ethanolamine, piperazine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine,
triethylamine and triethanolamine salts. It is understood that for any of the oligonucleotide
structures ed herein that include a backbone of intemucleoside linkages, such
oligonucleotides may also include any convenient salt forms. In some embodiments, acidic
forms of the intemucleoside linkages are depicted for simplicity. In some ces, the salt of
the subject compound is a monovalent cation salt. In certain ces, the salt of the subject
compound is a divalent cation salt. In some instances, the salt of the subject compound is a
ent cation salt. “Solvate” refers to a complex formed by combination of solvent les
with molecules or ions of the solute. The solvent can be an organic compound, an inorganic
compound, or a mixture of both. Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to,
methanol, N,N—dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide, and water. When the
solvent is water, the solvate formed is a hydrate.
“Stereoisomer” and “stereoisomers” refer to compounds that have same atomic
tivity but different atomic arrangement in space. isomers include cis—trans isomers,
E and Z isomers, enantiomers, and diastereomers.
“Tautomer” refers to alternate forms of a molecule that differ only in electronic
bonding of atoms and/or in the position of a proton, such as enol—keto and enamine
tautomers, —NH—P(=S)(OH)—O— and —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O—, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl
groups containing a —N=C(H)—NH— ring atom arrangement, such as pyrazoles, imidazoles,
benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles. A person of ordinary skill in the art would recognize
that other tautomeric arrangements of the groups described herein are possible. For example, it is
understood that an ucleotide described by the following structure:
Nko—E—oH H E
o=§>—SH
psnpsnpsrpsrpsmsmsms—G G G T T A G A c A
IOAI
also encompasses the following structure showing one possible alternate tautomeric ement
of linkage groups:
s=§>—o+
s=§>—GT
Olnpsrpsnpsnpsrpsrpsmsmsms—G G G T T A G A c A
IOAI
Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage (—NH—P(=O)(SH)—O— or —NH—
P(=S)(OH)—O—) connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent
nucleoside. It is understood that all tautomeric forms of a t compound are encompassed by
a structure Where one possible tautomeric ement of the groups of the compound is
described, even if not specifically indicated. Any convenient tautomeric arrangement of the
groups of the subject compounds may be utilized in describing the compounds.
It will be appreciated that the term “or a salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof” is
ed to include all permutations of salts, solvates and isomers, such as a e of a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a stereoisomer of subject compound. It is understood that the
term “or a salt thereof” is intended to include all ations of salts. It is understood that the
term “or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof” is intended to include all permutations of
salts. It is understood that the term “or a solvate thereof” is intended to include all permutations
of solvates. It is understood that the term “or a stereoisomer thereof” is ed to include all
permutations of stereoisomers. It is understood that the term “or a tautomer thereof” is intended
to include all ations of tautomers. Thus for example it follows that it is intended to
include a e of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a tautomer of a stereoisomer of subject
compound.
“Pharmaceutically effective amount” and “therapeutically ive amount” refer to
an amount of a compound sufficient to treat a specified disorder or disease or one or more of its
symptoms and/or to prevent the occurrence of the disease or disorder. In reference to
tumorigenic proliferative disorders, a pharmaceutically or therapeutically effective amount
comprises an amount sufficient to, among other , cause the tumor to shrink or decrease the
growth rate of the tumor.
“Patient” refers to human and non—human subjects, especially mammalian subjects.
The term “treating” or “treatment” as used herein means the treating or treatment of a
disease or medical condition in a patient, such as a mammal cularly a human) that includes:
(a) ting the disease or medical condition from occurring, such as, prophylactic treatment
of a subject; (b) ameliorating the e or medical condition, such as, eliminating or causing
regression of the disease or medical condition in a t; (c) suppressing the e or medical
condition, for example by, slowing or arresting the development of the disease or medical
condition in a patient; or (d) alleviating a symptom of the disease or medical condition in a
patient.
As used herein the term “isolated” is meant to describe a compound of interest that is
in an environment different from that in which the compound lly . “Isolated” is
meant to include compounds that are within samples that are substantially enriched for the
compound of interest and/or in which the compound of interest is partially or substantially
purified.
As used herein, the term “substantially purified” refers to a compound that is removed
from its natural environment and is at least 60% free, at least 75% free, at least 80% free, at least
85% free, at least 90% free, at least 95% free, at least 98% free, or more than 98% free, from
other components with which it is lly ated.
The term “physiological conditions” is meant to encompass those conditions
compatible with living cells, e.g., predominantly aqueous conditions of a temperature, pH,
salinity, etc. that are compatible with living cells.
Before the present invention is further described, it is to be understood that this
ion is not limited to particular ments described, as such may, of course, vary. It is
also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular
embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present invention
will be limited only by the appended claims.
Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to
the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the
upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range,
is encompassed within the invention. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may
independently be included in the smaller ranges, and are also encompassed within the invention,
subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one
or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in
the invention.
It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for y, described
in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in ation in a single
embodiment. Conversely, s features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in
the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable sub—
ation. All ations of the embodiments pertaining to the invention are specifically
embraced by the t ion and are disclosed herein just as if each and every combination
was individually and explicitly disclosed, to the extent that such combinations embrace subject
matter that are, for example, compounds that are stable compounds (i.e., compounds that can be
made, isolated, characterized, and tested for biological activity). In addition, all sub—
combinations of the various embodiments and elements thereof (e. g., elements of the chemical
groups listed in the ments describing such variables) are also specifically embraced by
the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every such sub—combination
was individually and explicitly disclosed herein.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same
meaning as commonly understood by one of ry skill in the art to which this invention
belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can
also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, methods and als of interest
are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference to
disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are
cited.
It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended , the singular forms
“a,” “an,” and “the” include plural nts unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It is
further noted that the claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this
statement is ed to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as
“solely,77 4‘only” and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a
“negative” limitation.
It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described
in the context of te embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single
embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in
the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable sub—
ation.
The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the
filing date of the t application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the
present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further,
the dates of publication provided may be ent from the actual publication dates which may
need to be independently confirmed.
ED DESCRIPTION
As summarized above, the present disclosure provides a solid phase method of
preparing ucleotides via sequential coupling cycles including the ng of a
dinucleotide dimer to a free 3’terminal group (eg, a rox§/l or 3’—amino group) of a
growing chain. in general terms the synthesis ds from the S’s-terminal to the 3"--terminal of
a target ueleotide ce and htcludes at least one coupling of a dinucleotide dinner. The
dimer may be coupled to the free 3’ terminal group of a growing chain via any convenient
Chemistry. In some cases, the dimer is a 3’-protected—dinucleotide—5'—phosphoramidite dimer,
Where the dinucleotide may e any convenient inter—nucleoside linkage. The
oligonucleotide may include one or more phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages (e.g., an oxo—
phosphoramidate or thiophosphoramidate e).
In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide includes a sequence of nucleoside subunits
containing at least one subunit defined by the formula:
HN R3
RO/ \o—§
Where B is a , a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a ted pyrimidine, or an analog
thereof; X is O or S; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted
alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl, a phosphate protecting group; and R3 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, O—RZ, and halogen, wherein R2 is H, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl (e.g., —
(CH2)nW(CH2)mH, Where n is between 1—10, m is between 0—10 and W is O, S, or NH) or a
hydroxyl protecting group. It is understood that some of the oligonucleotides including a subunit
described by the formula above may also exist in a salt form. Such forms in so far as they may
exist, are intended to be included Within the scope of the present disclosure.
The subject methods provide for a reduced number of coupling cycles relative to
methods involving only nucleoside monomer subunit couplings and provide for reduced amounts
of non—target oligonucleotide ts of the synthesis. The retrosynthetic gy utilized for
ing a target oligonucleotide sequence may be selected depending on a variety of factors,
such as the length and sequence of the target oligonucleotide so as to minimize the amounts of
particular non—target oligonucleotide products of the synthesis.
In some embodiments, the subject methods provide for the preparation of
compositions that have a reduced amount of one or more (N—X) ts ve to a target
oligonucleotide of interest.
In certain embodiments, any of the compositions described herein that have a reduced
amount of one or more (N—X) ts relative to a target oligonucleotide of interest are
unpurified.
As used herein, the term “(N—X) product” (where X is an integer from 1 to N—l and N
is the number of nucleoside residues in a target ucleotide), refers to a non—target
oligonucleotide produced during the subject methods of preparation that lacks X nucleoside
residues by comparison with the sequence of a target oligonucleotide of N residues in length.
The target oligonucleotide is the product which the subject method of preparation is ed to
produce. As such, a (N—l) t is a non—target oligonucleotide that lacks any one nucleoside
residue out of the sequence of the target oligonucleotide. As such, in some cases, the term “(N—
1) t” refers to a variety of rget oligonucleotide products, each of which lack one
nucleoside residue by comparison to the sequence of the target oligonucleotide. Similarly, the
term “(N—X) product” refers to a variety of non—target oligonucleotide products, each of which
lack X nucleoside residues by comparison to the sequence of the target oligonucleotide. For
eXample, a (N—2) product is a rget oligonucleotide that lacks any two nucleoside residues
out of the sequence of the target ucleotide. In some cases the X residues are contiguous to
each other ve to the target oligo nucleotide sequence. In other cases, the X residues are
discontiguous to each other relative to the target oligo nucleotide sequence. The X side
residues may be lacking from any location of the target sequence and may be produced from
unreacted 3’—terminal groups during a ng cycle. The (N—X) products of the subject methods
may include one or more further modifications that derive from the subject methods of synthesis,
e.g., a partial deprotection modification, loss of a nucleobase (e. g., depurination), capping of a
terminal group, derivatization via a synthesis reagent (e. g., phenylacetylation by a sulfurization
reagent), and the like. A variety of modified oligonucleotides are le depending on the
chemistry of oligonucleotide synthesis and reagent utilized. Unless indicated otherwise, all such
modifications are meant to be encompassed by the term (N—X) product.
In some embodiments, the subject methods result in the reduction of one or more
non—target products of oligonucleotide sis selected from a partially protected product or a
partially protected (N—X) product, e. g., an oligonucleotide product including one or more
nucleobase ting groups. In the t oligonucleotide compositions, the target
oligonucleotide sequence may be more readily ed or purified from other oligonucleotide—
containing products of the method, e. g., (N—X) products and ts lacking a nucleobase.
Embodiments of the subject methods and compositions are described in more
detail in the sections below.
METHODS OF MAKING OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
] The present disclosure es a method of preparing an oligonucleotide. The
subject s may include at least one coupling of a dinueelotide dimer to the free 3" terminal
group of a growing oligonucleotide chain. Any convenient oligonucleotide synthesis methods
and chemistries may be utilized in the subject methods of preparation. Giigonueleotide synthesis
chemistries and methods of interest that may be d for use in the subject methods include,
but are not limited to, phosphoramidite, sphonate, phosphodiester, hotriester,
phosphite triester, and those described by Fearon et al. in US. 5,824,793, the diselsoure of which
is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. The oligonucleotide components of the
invention compounds may be synthesized by adapting conventional protocols for the type of
chemistry selected. Methods of interest for the synthesis of oligonucleotides having N3’—>P5’
phosphoramidate chemistries include, but are not limited to, those methods described in
McCurdy et al., (1997) Tetrahedron Letters, 38:207—210 and Pongracz & Gryaznov, (1999)
edron Letters, 49:7661—7664.
An oligonucleotide of interest may be prepared using the subject methods via
sequential couplings starting from the 5’—terrninal and ding to the 3’—terminal of the target
oligonucleotide sequence. The Sawterminal ntieleoside suhunit may be attached to any convenient
solid support via an al linking group or 5’—terniinal group. Then, subunit. couplings to the
growing oligonucleotide Chain may he achieved using either dimer phosphoramidites or
monomer phosphoramidites. atively, the 5’-terininal dinuoleotide suhunit may be attached
to any convenient solid support via an optional linking group or 5"--terminal group. Once the
first subunit (e. g., monomer or dimer subunit) is attached to the solid support, the subunit may be
deprotected to produce a free, immobilized 3’—terminal group. in some eases, the method
includes coupling a support hound 3’—terminal group with a 3’—proteeted~dinueleotide~5'—
2015/028327
oramidite dimer. In certain ments, the S’s-terminal group is a S’s-hydroxyl group.
In certain embodiments, the 3’—terrninal group is a 3’—arnino group.
In some instances, the method includes the steps of: (a) deprotecting the protected 3'
amino group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting
forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'—pr0tected amino—
dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate 0r phosphoramidite—S'—phosphoramidite dimer in the presence
of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an intemucleoside N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c)
oxidizing the e.
The target oligonucleotide sequence may be synthesized using a retrosynthetic
strategy that es sequentially coupling of both dimer and monomer subunits to the
3’terminal group of the g ucleotide chain. As such, in some embodiments, the
method r includes the steps of: (a) deprotecting the protected 3' amino group of a terminal
nucleoside attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b)
contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'—protected aminonucleoside—5'—phosph0ramidite
monomer in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an intemucleoside N3'—>P5'
phosphoramidite linkage; and (c) oxidizing the linkage to produce a 5' oramidate
linkage.
As used herein, the term “N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage” refers to the
phosphorus (III) intermediate of the N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage. In general terms, an
N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage is formed by oxidizing an N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage
to a orus (V) product (e. g., a N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage that may include an 0x0
(P20) or a thio (P=S) group). In some cases, the oxidizing step may be described as sulfurizing
the N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage to produce a N3'—>P5' thiophosphoramidate linkage.
As used herein, "N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate", N3' phosphoramidate" and
horamidate” refer to an cleosidic subunit linkage described by the formula:
3’-NH—P(=X)(OR)—O—5’
or a tautomer thereof, wherein the 3’ and 5’ refer to the carbon atoms of the sugar moieties of
consecutive nucleosides which are connected by way of the linkage, and wherein R is hydrogen,
an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl, or a phosphate protecting group, and X is
a chalcogen, such as oxygen or sulfur. It is understood that, when R is hydrogen, an alkyl, a
substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl, or a phosphate protecting group, some of the
intemucleosidic subunit linkages described by the formula above may also exist in a salt form.
Such forms in so far as they may exist, are intended to be included within the scope of the
present disclosure. In some cases, when X is sulfur, the phosphoramidate may be refered to as a
thiophosphoramidate. In some cases, when X is oxygen, the “phosphoramidate” may be refered
to as an “oxophosphoramidate”. In some cases, when R is a phosphate protecting group it may be
an alkyl, an l, an aryl, an aralkyl, a cycloalkyl, or a substituted version thereof. In some
cases, R is a phosphate protecting group containing 10 or less carbon atoms. In certain instances,
when R is a phosphate ting group it is an alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; an
electron—withdrawing B—substituted ethyl (e. g., B—trihalomethyl—, B—cyano—, o—, or B—nitro—
substituted ethyl); an electron—withdrawing substituted phenyl (e. g., halo—, sulfo—, , or
nitro—, substituted phenyl); or an electron—withdrawing substituted phenylethyl. In some
embodiments, when R is a phosphate protecting group it is methyl, B—cyanoethyl, or 4—
nitrophenylethyl. In certain embodiments, R is hydrogen, , or B—cyanoethyl. on—
withdrawing substituents of interest include, but are not limited to, halo, cyano, nitro, sulfo, or
mono—, di—, or trihalomethyl, and the like. Halogen atom substituents are usually fluoro, chloro,
bromo, or iodo; and in some instances, they are fluoro or . "Electron—withdrawing" s
the tendency of a substituent to attract valence ons of the molecule of which it is a part, i.e.
it is electronegative, e. g. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, pgs. 16—18 (John Wiley, New
York, 1985). Guidance for selecting a phosphate protecting group is provided in Beaucage and
Iyer, Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311 (1992). For convenience, nucleotide oramidates are
mes indicated herein by a subscripted "np" or "pn" for N3'—>P5' phosphoramidates and
P3'—>N5' phosphoramidates, respectively. Thus, "UnpU" is a dinucleotide in which a 3'—
aminouridine and a uridine are linked by an N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage. When the
linkage is an oxo—phosphoramidate, the nucleotide oxo—phosphoramidate is mes indicated
herein by a subscripted "npo" or "opn" for N3'—>P5' phosphoramidates and P3'—>N5'
phosphoramidates, respectively. Similarly, nucleotide thiophosphoramidates are mes
indicated herein by a subscripted "nps" or "spn" for N3'—>P5' thiophosphoramidates and
P3'—>N5' thiophosphoramidates, respectively. rly, 2'—fluoro substituents are indicated by a
cripted "f". Thus, ”UfinpU” is a dinucleotide in which the 5'—most 3'—amino—2'—fluorouridine
is linked to a uridine by an N3'—>P5' phosphoramidate linkage. A single leading subscripted p
indicates a 5' monophosphate, and a single trailing subscripted "n" indicates a 3'—amino group.
WO 68310
In some instances, the internucleoside subunit linkage is described by the formula:
3’-NH—P(=X)(OR)—O—5’
or a er thereof, wherein the 3’ and 5’ refer to the carbon atoms of the sugar moieties of
consecutive sides which are connected by way of the linkage, and where R is hydrogen
and X is oxygen or sulfur. It is understood that for any of the oligonucleotides described herein
that e such an ucleoside linkage, such oligonucleotides may also e any
convenient salt forms of the linkage. As such, the ucleoside linkage may be in a salt form
that es any convenient counterion.
Any convenient protecting group gies may be utilized in the subject methods
to protect the base, phosphoramidite, phosphoramidate, 5’, 2’ and/or 3’ groups. ting
groups of interest include, but are not limited to, those protecting groups described by Ohkubo et
al., Org. Lett., 2010, 12 (ll), pp 2496—2499; and Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311
(1992).
As used , the term “phosphate protecting group” refers to a protecting group
that may be attached to a phosphorus—containing intersubunit linkage of an oligonucleotide.
When present, a phosphate protecting group may prevent (i.e., block) reaction of the phosphorus—
containing linkage at the location where the phosphate protecting group is attached. Any
convenient phosphorus—containing intersubunit linkages (e. g., P(III) and P(V) linkages) may be
protected by the subject phosphate protecting groups, including, but not d to,
phosphoramidite, oxophosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate, phosphate ester, thiophosphate
ester, phosphodiester linkages and the like. The phosphate protecting group may be attached to
an available oxygen atom of the phosphorus—containing intersubunit linkage. Any convenient
protecting groups may be utilized as a phosphate protecting group. Phosphate protecting groups
of interest include, but are not d to, an alkyl, an alkenyl, an aryl, an aralkyl, a cycloalkyl, or
a substituted n thereof, such as an alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as an
electron—withdrawing B—substituted ethyl (e. g., B—trihalomethyl—, o—, B—sulfo—, or B—nitro—
substituted ethyl); an electron—withdrawing substituted phenyl (e. g., halo—, sulfo—, cyano—, or
nitro—, substituted phenyl); or an electron—withdrawing substituted phenylethyl, methyl, [3—
cyanoethyl, or 4—nitrophenylethyl. In certain embodiments, phosphate protecting group is methyl,
or B—cyanoethyl. Electron—withdrawing substituents of interest include, but are not limited to,
halo (e. g., chloro or fluoro), cyano, nitro, sulfo, or mono—, di—, or trihalomethyl, and the like.
The minal group of the growing oligonucleotide chain may include a 3’—
hydroxyl, a 3’—amino group or a protected version thereof. Any convenient hydroxyl and/or
amino protecting groups may be utilized at the 3’—terminal group during ucleotide
synthesis. In some embodiments, the 3’terminal group is a protected 3’—amino group and the
method includes deprotecting or removing the protecting group to produce a free 3’amino group.
As used herein, the term "free amino group" in nce to the monomers and
dimers means an amino group available for reacting with the phosphoramidite group of an
incoming monomer or dimer. In some embodiments, a free amino group is a primary amine.
After the deprotection (e. g., detritylation) step, the amino group may be in the form of a salt
(e. g., the salt of a conjugate base of the acid used for detritylation). This salt optionally may be
neutralized with a basic solution such as 2% triethylamine or pyridine in acetonitrile after the
detritylation step.
In some embodiments, the minal group is a protected 3’—hydroxyl group and
the method es deprotecting or removing the ting group to produce a free 3’—hydroxyl
group. In some embodiments, the minal group is a protected 3’—amino group and the
method includes deprotecting or removing the protecting group to produce a free 3’—amino
group. The protected 3’—amino or 3’—hydroxyl group may be protected with a trityl protecting
group. In certain embodiments, the trityl protecting group is triphenylmethyl (Tr, Pth—). In
certain embodiments, the trityl protecting group is 4,4’—dimethoxytrityl (DMT).
Deprotection of the 3’—terminal amino or hydroxyl group may be achieved using
any convenient methods. Methods of st include, but are not limited to, those s
bed by Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311 (1992). In some cases, deprotection
of the protected 3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside includes detritylation to produce a free
3’terminal group, e. g., acid—catalyzed detritylation.
In general, the dimer or monomer subunit oramidites include a protected
3’—hydroxyl or 3’—amino group that is the same as the 3’terminal group of the terminal
nucleoside attached to the solid support. 3’—Protection of the incoming subunit phosphoramidites
prevents undesirable polymerization of the chain.
Any convenient solid phase supports may be used in the subject methods. Solid
supports of interest e, but are not d to, microparticles made of controlled pore glass
(CPG), highly cross—linked polystyrene (e. g., hase HL 400 or GE Primer 350), acrylic
copolymers, cellulose, nylon, dextran, latex, polyacrolein, and the like, such as those disclosed in
the following exemplary references: Meth. Enzymol., n A, pages11—147, vol.44 (Academic
Press, New York, 1976); U.S. Pat. Nos. 814; 4,413,070; and 4,046;720; and Pon, Chapter
19, in Agrawal, , s in Molecular Biology, Vol.20, (Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.,
1993). Further supports of interest include polystyrene beads; polystyrene grafted with
polyethylene glycol (e. g., TentaGelTM, Rapp Polymere, Tubingen Germany); and the like.
Selection of the support characteristics, such as material, porosity, size, shape, and the like, and
the type of g moiety employed s on a variety of factors, such as protection groups
employed, length of final product, quantity of final t, and the like. Exemplary linking
moieties are disclosed in Pon et al, Biotechniques, 6:768—775 (1988); Webb U.S. Pat. No.
4,659,774; Barany et al, ational patent application PCT/US91/06103; Brown et al, J. Chem.
Soc. Commun., 1989: 891—893; Damha et al, Nucleic Acids Research, 18: 3813—3821(1990);
Beattie et al, Clinical try, 39: 719—722 (1993); Maskos and Southern, Nucleic Acids
Research, 20: 1679—1684 (1992); and the like.
In some embodiments, the solid supports that find use in the subject methods
include CPG and polystyrene grafted with polyethylene glycol and possessing a terminal amino
group (e. g., TentaGel—NHZ TM, Rapp Polymere, Tubingen Germany). The aminopropyl group
may be used as a spacer between CPG and the nucleoside linkage. In some cases, the linkage to
the 5'—hydroxyl of the first nucleoside is a succinyl group which provides a base—labile ester
linkage that may be cleaved after synthesis with aqueous a.
Following deprotection, the support—bound nucleoside is capable of reacting with
a dimer or monomer t phosphoramidite to form an intemucleoside linkage. It is
understood that the support—bound side may refer to a single e attached to a solid
support or may refer to the terminal residue of an oligonucleotide chain that is attached to the
support.
Any convenient coupling chemistry, coupling reagents and methods may be
utilized in the subject methods. Considerable guidance in making selections concerning coupling
conditions, protecting groups, solid phase supports, linking groups, deprotection reagents,
reagents to cleave products from solid phase ts, purification of product, and the like, in the
t of the subject methods can be found in literature, e. g. Gait, editor, Oligonucleotide
sis: A Practical ch (IRL Press, Oxford, 1984); Amamath and Broom, Chemical
2015/028327
Reviews, Vol. 77, pgs. 183—217 (1977); Pon et al, Biotechniques, Vol. 6, pgs. 768—775 (1988);
Ohtsuka et al, Nucleic Acids Research, Vol. 10, pgs. 6553—6570 (1982); Eckstein, editor
Oligonucleotides. and Analogues: A Practical ch (IRL Press, Oxford, 1991), Greene and
Wuts “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999, Narang,
editor, Synthesis and Applications of DNA and RNA (Academic Press, New York, 1987),
Beaucage and Iyer, Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311 (1992), and like references.
The coupling step of the subject methods may be carried out in the temperature
range of —20 to 200 degrees Centigrade. In some instances, the reaction is carried out at ambient
temperature (about 15—30 degrees Centigrade). The reaction may be performed by adding a
on of the phosphoramidite dimer or monomer and a solution of an activator (or a solution
containing the phosphoramidite dimer or monomer and the activator) to the reaction vessel
containing the free amino group of an (oligo)nucleotide covalently attached to a solid support.
Generally, activators of interest include nucleophilic catalysts that displace the more stable
phosphoramidite amino group to form a highly ve (and less stable) intermediate which, in
turn, reacts with the free 3' amino group of a solid ted oligonucleotide N3'—>P5'
oramidate. The mixture is then mixed by such methods as mechanical vortexing, sparging
with an inert gas, etc. Altemately, the solution(s) of dimer or monomer and activator can be
made to flow through a reaction vessel (or column) containing the solid supported
(oligo)nucleotide with a free 3'—terminal group. The monomer and the activator either can be
premixed, mixed in the valve—block of a suitable synthesizer, mixed in a pre—activation vessel
and pre—equilibrated if desired, or they can be added tely to the reaction vessel.
Activators of interest that may be utilized in the subject s include, but are
not limited to, tetrazole, 5—(ethylthio)tetrazole, 5—(4—nitrophenyl)tetrazole, 5—(2—thiophene)
tetrazole, le, pyridinium chloride, and the like, e. g. activating agents as described by
Beaucage and Iyer edron 48: 2223—2311 (1992); Berner et al, Nucleic Acids Research, 17:
853—864 (1989); Benson, Chem. Rev. 41: 1—61 (1947). As used herein, the term "tetrazole
activator" refers to activators which are tetrazole or derivatives of ole. In some
ments, the activator is tetrazole. Convenient solvents e, but are not limited to,
acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, methylene chloride, and the like. Care may be exercised to use dry
(free from water) dimer or monomer, activator, and solvent for the ng step and for the
solvent used to wash the solid support ately before the coupling step.
After ng, the unreacted 3'—amino groups of the support—bound growing
chain of the oligonucleotide may be optionally capped with a convenient capping agent before
the next deprotection step (e.g., detritylation step) to render them inert to subsequent coupling
steps. This capping step may improve the HPLC profile of the preparation to make purification
more facile, and may also improve the overall yield of product. g ts useful in the
subject s include electrophilic ts such as acetic anhydride and isobutyric anhydride,
acid chlorides such as adamantyl carbonyl chloride, pivaoyl chloride, and the like,
ocyanates, chloroformates, etc. Also useful are phosphoramidites in conjunction with an
activator and followed by oxidation, and H—phosphonate salts such as triethylammonium
isopropyl—H—phosphonate used in conjunction with an acid chloride such as l chloride or
adamantyl carbonyl chloride.
In some embodiments, the method includes oxidizing an internucleoside N3'—>P5'
phosphoramidite linkage. As used herein, the terms "oxidize, II II oxidation, II 4‘oxidizing”, and the
like, in reference to a phosphorus—containing ucleosidic linkage means a process or
treatment for converting the phosphorus atom of the linkage from a phosphorus (III) form to a
orus (V) form. ion of the internucleotide linkages may be performed at any
convenient point in the synthesis using any convenient methods. In some embodiments,
ion is performed in a stepwise manner, e. g., during every coupling cycle. In other
embodiments, oxidation of multiple internucleotide linkages is performed at the end of the
synthesis. In some instances, oxidizing a N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage (e. g., using an
iodine/water based oxidizing agent) produces an oxo—phosphoramidate e. In other
instances, oxidizing a N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage includes sulfurization to produce a
thiophosphoramidate linkage. Sulfurization may be performed using any convenient methods.
ization methods of interest include those described by Gryazonov et al., 018015
the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Sulfurizing agents for
use in the invention include elemental sulfur, thiuram disulfides such as tetraethyl thiuram
disulfide, acyl disulfides such as phenacyldisulfide, phosphinothioyl disulfides such as S—
TetraTM, and oxo—3H—l,2—benzodithiol—3—one. In some embodiments, sulfurization may be
performed using elemental sulfur (S 8). In certain embodiments, sulfurization may be performed
using Beaucage reagent, using methods as described by Iyer et al., J. Organic Chemistry
55:4693—4699, 1990.
Oxidizing agents which are useful in the method include iodine, chlorine,
bromine, peracids such as m—chlorobenzoic acid, hydroperoxides such as t—butylhydroperoxide,
ethyl hydroperoxide, methyl hydroperoxide and the like, ozone, mixed acyl—sulfinic anhydrides
such as 3H—2,l—benzoxathiolan—3—one—l—oxide, salts of persulfates such as sodium, ammonium,
and tetrabutylammonium persulfate and the like, roxysulfates such as M, sodium
and/or other hypochlorites, peroxides such as diethyl peroxide or bis(trimethylsilyl)peroxide, or
hydrogen de or non aqueous hydrogen peroxide equivalents such as urea/hydrogen
de complex, etc. Other useful oxidizing agents which may be used to convert phosphorus
(III) to orus (V) are described in Beaucage and Iyer Tetrahedron 48: 2223—2311 (1992).
In some cases, the oxidizing or izing agent may have a cy to undergo
an undesired Arbuzov side reaction in parallel with the desired oxidation (Beaucage and Iyer,
cited above). The Arbuzov side reaction can lead to a deprotected phosphoramidate which is
le to the acidic conditions of subsequent detritylation steps, and result in oligonucleotide
fragmentation. In certain embodiments, hydrogen peroxide is used as the oxidizing agent to
mimimize the Arbuzov side reaction. In certain embodiments, oxidation includes contacting the
oligonucleotide with a solution of 15% hydrogen peroxide, 3.5% water, 20% pyridine, and 75%
THF.
In some embodiments, the method includes the steps of:
(a) deprotecting a protected 3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a
solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group;
(b) reacting the free 3' amino group with either:
(i) a 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide oramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimer;
(ii) a 3'—protected aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomer;
in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an intemucleoside N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite
linkage;
(c) ing the linkage; and
(d) repeating steps (a) through (c) until the polynucleotide is synthesized, n the
repeating steps (a) through (c) ses performing step (b)(i) at least once.
In some embodiments, the repeating steps (a) through (c) comprises performing step
(b)(i) twice or more. In certain embodiments, the repeating steps (a) through (c) comprises
performing step (b)(i) 3 times or more, such as 4 times or more, 5 times or more, 6 times or
more, 7 times or more, 8 times or more, 9 times or more, 10 times or more, 15 times or more, 20
times or more, or even 30 times or more. In certain embodiments, the repeating steps (a) through
(c) comprises performing step (b)(i) at every coupling step. In certain embodiments, the
repeating steps (a) through (c) comprises performing step (b)(i) at every coupling step except
one. In certain embodiments, the repeating steps (a) h (c) comprises performing step
(b)(ii) once and only once. In certain embodiments, the repeating steps (a) through (c) comprises
performing step (b)(ii) twice and only twice.
As described herein, it is understood that the term phosphoramidate linkage is meant
to encompass both oxo—phosphoramidate and thiophosphoramidate linkages (e. g., as depicted in
a I). In certain embodiments of the method, oxidizing the intemucleoside 5'
phosphoramidite linkage produces an osphoramidate linkage. In some embodiments of
the method, oxidizing the internucleoside N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage includes
sulfurization to produce a thiophosphoramidate e.
In some embodiments of the method, the oligonucleotide is described by a (I):
Z_ _L O B
HN R3
/P\ B
R0 0
R6 R3
Formula (I)
wherein:
each B is independently a , a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a ted
pyrimidine, or an analog thereof;
each X is independently oxygen or ;
each R3 is hydrogen, fluoro, hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a substituted alkoxy or a
protected hydroxyl;
R6 is amino, hydroxyl, a protected amino, a protected hydroxy, —O—L—Z or —NH—L—
each L is ndently an optional linker;
each Z is independently H, a lipid, a support, a carrier, an oligonucleotide, a
polymer, a polypeptide, a detectable label, or a tag;
R is hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl or a
phosphate protecting group; and
n is an integer of 1 to 1000. When R is hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an
aryl, a substituted aryl or a phosphate protecting group, it is understood that some of the
oligonucleotides of a (I), may also exist in a salt form. Such forms in so far as they may
eXist, are intended to be included Within the scope of the present disclosure.
In some embodiments of a (I), each R3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments of
Formula (I), each R3 is fluoro. In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R3 is hydroxyl.
In some embodiments of Formula (I), R6 is amino. In n embodiments of
Formula (I), R6 is hydroxyl.
In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R is hydrogen. It is understood that when
R is hydrogen, the phosphate linkage may be charged under aqueous conditions, such as
physiological conditions. As such, it is understood that oligonucleotides of Formula (I) may also
e any convenient salt forms of the linkage. As such, the internucleoside linkage of
Formula (I) may be in a salt form that includes any convenient counterion. In some embodiments
of Formula (I), each R is an alkyl or a substituted alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula (I),
each R is an aryl or a tuted aryl. In some embodiments of Formula (I), each R is a
phosphate ting group.
In some embodiments of Formula (I), Z is H. In some embodiments of Formula (I), Z
is a lipid (e. g., as described herein). In certain cases, the lipid is a fatty acid (e. g., as described
herein). In some embodiments of Formula (I), Z is a support. In some embodiments of a
(I), Z is a carrier. In some embodiments of a (I), Z is an oligonucleotide. In some
ments of Formula (I), Z is a polymer. In certain cases, the polymer is a PEG. In some
embodiments of Formula (I), Z is a polypeptide. In some ments of Formula (I), Z is a
detectable label. In some embodiments of Formula (I), Z is a tag.
In some embodiments of Formula (I), L is absent.
In some embodiments, each B is independently selected from A, C, G, T and U or a
protected version thereof.
In certain embodiments of Formula (I), n is an integer of between 1 and 500, such as
n 1 and 100, between 1 and 75, between 1 and 50, between 1 and 40, between 1 and 30,
between 1 and 20, between 1 and 15, between 1 and 10, or between 4 and 10. In certain
ments, n is an integer of between 1 and 100, such as between 5 and 50, between 10 and
50, between 10 and 40, n 10 and 30, between 10 and 25 , n 10 and 20, between 12
and 18, or between 12 and 16. In certain ments, n is 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ll, l2, l3, l4, 15,
16, 17, 18,19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 or 25.
In certain embodiments of the method, the oligonucleotide comprises a sequence
of nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, and
wherein at least two of the nucleoside subunits are joined by a N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—
subunit linkage.
In some ments of the method, the oligonucleotide includes a sequence of
between 3 and 50 nucleoside contiguous subunits complementary to the RNA ent of
human telomerase, such as between 5 and 40, between 10 and 40, between 10 and 30, between
and 25, between 10 and 20, between 12 and 18, or between 12 and 16 nucleoside ts. In
certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide includes a ce of 10 or more contiguous
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase. In certain
embodiments, the oligonucleotide includes a sequence of 7 or more uous nucleoside
subunits, such as 7, 8, 9, 10, ll, l2, l3, l4, l5, 16 or 17 contiguous nucleoside subunits. In
certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide includes a sequence of between 11 and 18, such as
between 11 and 16 contiguous nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of
human telomerase.
In some instances of the method, the N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit
linkage is described by the following structure:
P(S)(OR)—O—5’
where R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl,
a tuted aryl and a phosphate protecting group. It is tood that, when R is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl
and a phosphate protecting group, some of the internucleoside subunit linkages described by the
formula above may also exist in a salt form. Such forms in so far as they may exist, are intended
to be ed Within the scope of the t disclosure.
In some instances of the method, the N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit
linkage is described by the following structure:
3’—NH—P(S)(OR)—O—5’
Where R is hydrogen. It is understood that for any of the oligonucleotides described herein that
includes such an inter—subunit linkage, such oligonucleotides may also include any convenient
salt forms of the linkage. As such, the inter—subunit linkage may be in a salt form that includes
any convenient counterion.
In some embodiments of the method, the oligonucleotide includes the sequence
TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3). In certain ments, all of the internucleotide inter—
t es of the TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3) ce are N3'—> PS'
oramidate inter—subunit linkages. In certain instances, all of the N3'—> PS'
phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages of the sequence are N3'—> PS' thiophosphoramidate
inter—subunit linkages (e. g., nps linkages). In certain instances, all of the N3'—> PS'
phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages of the sequence are N3'—> PS' oxo—phosphoramidate
inter—subunit linkages (e. g., np linkages).
In some embodiments of the method, the polynucleotide includes a 3’—amino or a
3’—hydroxyl terminal group. In certain embodiments of the method, the polynucleotide includes
a 3’—amino terminal group. In certain embodiments of the method, the polynucleotide includes a
3 ’ —hydroxyl al group.
In some embodiments of the , the oligonucleotide is described by the
structure:
“£0 i! o T
o {5!
O=|L-SH
(ID—l A
O=|!’-SH
«'3—[Gnp5GnpsenpsTnpsTnpsAnpsG"psAnpscnpsAnpsi1 A
Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage (e.g., —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O— or a
tautomer thereof), connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent
nucleoside.
] It is understood that all embodiments referring to an oligonucleotide are also
applicable to the salt forms of said oligonucleotide.
In some ments of the method, the oligonucleotide is described by the
structure:
H OH i?
—O T
O=|i’-SH
O=|i’-SH
O_[GnpsGnpsGnpsTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpanpsAnps] I A
or a salt thereof;
WO 68310
Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage (e. g., —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O— or a
tautomer thereof, or a salt thereof), connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of
the adjacent side. In certain embodiments, the ition includes a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt of the compound. In certain instances, the composition includes a sodium salt of
the compound. In certain embodiments, the composition includes a divalent cation salt of the
compound, such as a magnesium salt of the nd. In certain embodiments, the composition
includes a trivalent cation salt of the compound, such as an aluminium salt of the compound.
In certain embodiments of the method, the oligonucleotide is described by the
following structure, Where each M“ is independently hydrogen or any convenient counterion of
a salt, each X is ndently l, 2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5 to 13, such as 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
ll, 12 or 13, such as n is 13:
HJIH \N
<’ I}
S—P-O N
o N
NH c: b o
HN NH
<’ IA
S=I?-O N
o N NH2
0- kg 0
HIT] NH
<’ IA
S=I?-O N
o N NH2
o— 79 o
HN NH
<’ IA
S=E-O N
o N NH2
0- 0
HN \(k/gNH
S=I?-O o N o
o— p 0
HN \(k/gNH
S=I?-O o N o
0' p NH2
_' (/N |\NA
S—P-O N
O N O
o- b
,N NH
HN < IA
S=fi’-O N
o N NH
0- 7;) N42
HN (IN |\N
s=F"—o N
0 N’J
C3 NH2
NH |
I NAG
s=|ID—o O
o— 79 NH
' (IN |\NA
s=E—o o N N
o— b NH2
“3” «N I)”
S=FI’—O N
O N/
0— L7
NH2 (M )n
In certain instances, each X is 1. In certain instances, each X is independently l or 2. In certain
instances, each X is ndently l or 3. In certain instances, M“ is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of the method, the oligonucleotide is bed by the
following structure and may include any convenient cationic counterions of a salt:
] In certain embodiments of the method, the oligonucleotide is described by the
structure:
H'F NH
<’ | A
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0' p o
S=Ff-O N
o N’ NH2
0' p O
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
o- 7;) o
HN \ffigNH
S=E>—o o N o
o- p o
Ht 1'0)“:
S=E>—o o N o
O' p NH2
N \
“H“ </ | j“
s=fi>—o o N N/ o
0- 7Q
+ N
S=E’-O N
o N NH2
0' jg NH2
a \
HN «N | j“
s=fi>—o o N ”NH
0' b 2
NH I \i
3:}:3—0 N O
o- b NH2
Na+ N \ N
NH <’ | 4
WO 68310 2015/028327
In certain embodiments of the method, the C11 nucleotide e of the
TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3) sequence derives from a 3'—protected aminonucleoside—5'—
phosphoramidite monomer. By “derives from” is meant that the e of interest is introduced
during synthesis via a particular subunit. In certain ces, the T1 to A10, A12 and A13
residues of the TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3) sequence derive from 3'—protected amino—
dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimers.
In some cases, the method includes sequential coupling of the following 3'—
protected amino—dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate—S'—phosphoramidite dimers and 3'—protected
aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomer to a terminal group of a solid phase support: TA,
GG, GT, TA, GA, C and AA. It is understood that for simplicity, a protected phosphoramidite
subunit that finds use in couplings of the subject methods may be depicted via the symbols X1 or
XIXZ, where X1 and X2 are independently any convenient nucleosides linked via any convenient
intemucleoside linkage (e. g., as described ). Any convenient synthetic strategies may be
utilized in the subject methods. Some strategies of interest are shown below to demonstrate how
the preparation of an oligonucleotide target sequence may be allocated to particular dimer and/or
r subunits.
] Exemplary retrosynthetic strategies represented by the following lists of
sequential dimer and/or monomer ts are provided for an exemplary target oligonucleotide
sequence TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3). It is understood that this list of strategies is not
exhaustive, and may be adapted for application to any convenient target oligonucleotide
synthesis. In some embodiments, the method includes sequential coupling of one of the
following series of 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate—S'—phosphoramidite
dimers and/or 3'—protected aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomers to a terminal group
of a solid phase support:
TA, G, G, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, A, A
] T, AG, G, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, A, A
T, A, GG, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, A, A
T, A, G, GG, T, T, A, G, A, C, A, A
T, A, G, G, GT, T, A, G, A, C, A, A
T, A, G, G, G, TT, A, G, A, C, A, A
T, A, G, G, G, T, TA, G, A, C, A, A
] T,AH(},CL(}jT,T,AILIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(},T,1)[\,ChA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(},T,1)[\,CLIACL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(},T,1)[\,CLIA,CH\VA
T,AH(},CL(},T,1)[\,CLIA,CLZXA
] 13%,CKL(3,T,T§[\,CLIA,CL[\VA
TA,CLCH3,T,T,A,(L1A,C,A”As
TA,CL(L(3T,T,A,(L1A,C,A”As
TA,CL(L(3,TT,A,(L1A,C,A”As
TAH(},CL(L'FJTAH(LIA,CL[\VA
13%,ChCL(3/T,T,AILIA,CL[\VA
TA,G3G;CLT§T§A,CLA,C,A,A
TA,G;G;G;T,THAJ3,AC,A,A
TA,CL(3,G;T,T,A,(L1A,Cfig[\
TA,CL(L(3,T,TVA,G3A,C,Afis
TVAGgGCLTET,A,G3A,C,A,A
TVAGgGgGTQT,A,G3A,C,A,A
TVAGgGgGgTT,A,G3A,C,A,A
TVAGgGgGgT,TA,G3A,C,A,A
T,AG;G,G;T,TVAG;A,C,A,A
] T,AG;G,G;T,T,A,GAWC,A,A
T,AG;G,G;T,T,A,G;AC,A,A
T,ACL(L(3,T,T,A,CLZ&(:A,A
T,ACL(L(3,T,T,A,CLZ&(11AA
T,A,G(L(3T,T,AWCLzA,C,A,A
T,A,CKL(3,TT,AWCLzA,C,A,A
T,A,CKL(3,T,TA,CLZ&(11A,A
T,A,GCLCLT§T,AG;A,C,A,A
L(3,T,T,A,CLA,C,A,A
] T,A,GCLCLT§T,A,G3AC,A,A
T,A,CKL(3,T,T,A,CLZ&(:A,A
T,AHCK3,CL'T,T,AHCLIA,CLZXA
T,AH(},CK}jTT,AHCLIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CK},T,13\,CLIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CK}jT,T,AILIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CK},T,T)[\,ChA,CL/\VA
T,AH(},CK},T,T)[\,CLIACL[\VA
T,AH(},CK},T,T)[\,CLIA,CH\VA
,CK},T,T)[\,CLIA,CL[XA
T,AH(},CL(3T,13\,CLIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(}T,T,AILIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(3T,T)[\,Cfl\,CL/\VA
T,AH(},CL(3T,T)[\,Chz\CL/\VA
T,AH(},CL(3T,T)[\,Chz\,C¥\VA
T,AH(},CL(3T,T)[\,Chz\,CL[XA
T,AH(},CL(}jTT,AILIA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(}jTT,AHCLA,CL[\VA
T,AH(},CL(}jTT,AHCLIACLZXVA
T,AH(},CL(}jTT,AHCLIA,CH\VA
T,AH(},CL(}jTT,AHCLIA,CLZXA
] ,CL(},T,13\,CLA,CL[\VA
,CL(},T,13\,CLIACLZXVA
T,AH(},CL(},T,13\,CLIA,CH\VA
T,AH(},CL(},T,13\,CLIA,CL[XA
] T,AH(},CL(}jT,T,AILIACLZXVA
T,AH(},CL(}jT,T,AILIA,CH\VA
,CL(}jT,T,AILIA,CLZXA
T,AH(},CL(},T,T)[\,ChA,C¥\VA
T,AH(},CL(},T,T)[\,ChA,CL[XA
TA,GG;GT}T,A,G;A,C,A,A
TA,GG;G;TT,A,G;A,C,A,A
TA,GG;G;T,TA,G3A,C,A,A
TA, GG, G, T, T, AG, A, C, A, A
TA, GG, G, T, T, A, GA, C, A, A
TA,GG,GfLT§A,G,AC,A,A
TA, GG, G, T, T, A, G, A, CA, A
TA, GG, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, AA
G,TT,A,G,A,C,A,A
TA,G,GG,T,TA,G,A,C,A,A
TA, G, GG, T, T, AG, A, C, A, A
TA, G, GG, T, T, A, GA, C, A, A
TA,G,GGXLT§A,G,AC,A,A
] TA, G, GG, T, T, A, G, A, CA, A
TA,G,G(LT§T,A,G,A,C,AA,aQ
TA, GG, GT, TA, G, A, C, A, A
TA, GG, GT, T, AG, A, C, A, A
TA,GG,GT§T,A,GA,C,A,A
TA,GG,GT§T,A,G,AC,A,A
TA,GG,GT§T,A,G,A,CA,A
GT)T,A,G,A,C,AA,aC
TA,GG,GT)TA,GA,C,A,A
TA,GG,GT)TA,G,AC,A,A
TA,GG,GT)TA,G,A,CA,A
TA, GG, GT, TA, G, A, C, AA, etc
TA,G,GG,TTHAG,AC,A,A
TA, G, GG, TT, AG, A, CA, A
TA, G, GG, TT, AG, A, C, AA
TA, G, G, GT, TA, GA, CA, A
] TA, G, G, GT, TA, GA, C, AA
TA, G, G, GT, TA, GA, CA, A
TA,G,G,G,TTNAG,AC,AA
TA, G, GG, T, TA, GA, CA, A
TA, G, GG, T, TA, GA, C, AA
TA, G, GG, T, TA, G, AC, AA, etc
T, A, G, GG, TT, AG, AC, AA
T, A, GG, G, TT, AG, AC, AA
T, AG, G, G, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, G, G, G, TT, AG, AC, AA
T, AG, G, GT, T, AG, AC, AA, etc
T, AG, GG, T, T, AG, AC, AA, etc
T, AG, GG, TT, A, G, AC, AA, etc
T, AG, GG, TT, AG, A, C, AA, etc
T, AG, GG, TT, AG, AC, A, A
T, AG, GG, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, G, GG, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, GG, G, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, GG, GT, T, AG, AC, AA
TA, GG, GT, TA, G, AC, AA
] TA, GG, GT, TA, GA, C, AA or
TA, GG, GT, TA, GA, CA, A.
In some embodiments, the method includes sequential coupling of a series of 3'—
protected amino—dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate—S'—phosphoramidite dimers and/or 3'—
protected aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomers to a terminal group of a solid phase
support, where at least the final coupling of the synthesis is a dimer coupling. In certain
ments, the second—to—last coupling and the final coupling are dimer couplings. In certain
cases, when N is even, the method includes N/2 dimer couplings. In n ces, when N is
even, the method includes N/2—l dimer couplings. In certain instances, when N is even, the
method includes N/2—2 dimer couplings. In certain instances, when N is even, the method
es N/2—3 dimer couplings. In certain instances, when N is even, the method includes N/2—4
dimer couplings. In n instances, when N is even, the method includes N/2—5 dimer
couplings. In certain cases, when N is odd, the method includes N/2—l dimer couplings. In
certain ces, when N is odd, the method includes N/2—2 dimer ngs. In certain
instances, when N is odd, the method includes N/2—3 dimer couplings. In certain instances, when
N is odd, the method includes N/2—4 dimer couplings. In certain instances, when N is odd, the
2015/028327
method es N/2—5 dimer couplings. In certain instances, when N is odd, the method includes
N/2—6 dimer couplings. For example, a sequential coupling of the following series of 3'—protected
amino—dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimers and/or 3'—protected
aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomers to a terminal group of a solid phase support:
T, A, G, G, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, AA
T, A, G, G, G, T, T, A, G, AC, AA
T, A, G, G, G, T, T, A, GA, C, AA
] T, A, G, G, G, T, T, AG, A, C, AA
T, A, G, G, G, T, TA, G, A, C, AA
T, A, G, G, G, TT, A, G, A, C, AA
T, A, G, G, GT, T, A, G, A, C, AA
T, A, G, GG, T, T, A, G, A, C, AA
T, A, GG, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, AA
T, AG, G, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, AA
TA, G, G, G, T, T, A, G, A, C, AA, etc
T, A, G, G, G, T, T, AG, AC, AA
T, A, G, G, G, TT, AG, AC, AA
T, A, G, GG, TT, AG, AC, AA
T, AG, GG, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, G, GG, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, GG, G, TT, AG, AC, AA
TA, GG, GT, T, AG, AC, AA
TA, GG, GT, TA, G, AC, AA
TA, GG, GT, TA, GA, C, AA.
In some embodiments of the method, the 3'—protected dinucleotide
thiophosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimer is described by the formula XIXZ, Where X1 and
X2 are independently selected from a ted adenine, a protected ne, a protected
guanine, thymine and uracil.
Lipid modified oligonucleotides
A variety of synthetic approaches can be used to conjugate a lipid moiety L' to the
ucleotide, depending on the nature of the e selected, including the approaches
described in Mishra et al., (1995) Biochemica et Biophysica Acta, 1264:229—237, Shea et al.,
(1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18:3777—3783, and Rump et al., (1998) j. Chem. 9:341—349.
The synthesis of compounds in which the lipid moiety is ated at the 5’ or 3’ terminus of
the oligonucleotide can be achieved h use of suitable functional groups at the appropriate
terminus, in some cases an amino group, which can be reacted with carboxylic acids, acid
chlorides, anhydrides and active esters. Thiol groups may also be used as functional groups (see
Kupihar et al., (2001) anic and Medicinal Chemistry 9: 1241—1247). Both amino— and
thiol— modifiers of different chain lengths are commercially available for oligonucleotide
synthesis. Oligonucleotides having N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate (e. g., N3’—>P5’
thiophosphoramidate) linkages contain no groups (rather than 3’—hydroxy found in most
conventional ucleotide chemistries), and hence these oligonucleotides provide a unique
unity for conjugating lipid groups to the 3’—end of the ucleotide.
s approaches can be used to attach lipid groups to the termini of
oligonucleotides with the N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate (e. g., N3’—>P5’ osphoramidate)
chemistry (see e. g., 3—palmitoylamido—l—O—(4,4’—dimethoxytrityl)—2—O—succinyl propanediol
linker of Table 2). For attachment to the 3’ terminus, the conjugated compounds can be
synthesized by reacting the free 3’—amino group of the fully protected solid support bound
oligonucleotide with the corresponding acid anhydride followed by deprotection with ammonia
and purification. Alternatively, coupling of carboxylic acids of lipids to the free 3’—amino group
of the support bound ucleotide using coupling agents such as carbodiimides, HBTU or 2—
chloro— l—methylpyridinium iodide can be used to conjugate the lipid groups. These two methods
form an amide bond between the lipid and the oligonucleotide. Lipids may also be attached to
the oligonucleotide chain using a phosphoramidite derivative of the lipid coupled to the
oligonucleotides during chain elongation. This approach yields a phosphoramidate (e. g.,
thiophosphoramidate) linkage connecting the lipid and the oligonucleotide (exemplified by
propyl—palmitoyl and 2—hydroxy—propyl—palmitoyl compounds). Still another approach involves
reaction of the free 3’—amino group of the fully protected support bound ucleotide with a
suitable lipid aldehyde, followed by reduction with sodium cyanoborohydride, which produces
an amine linkage.
WO 68310
For attachment to the 5’ terminus, the oligonucleotide can be synthesized using a
modified, lipid—containing solid support, followed by synthesis of the oligonucleotide in the 5’ to
3’ direction as described in Pongracz & Gryaznov (1999). An example of the ed support is
provided below. In the instance where n=l4, the fatty acid is palmitic acid: on of 3—amino—
l,2—propanediol with palmitoyl chloride, followed by dimethoxytritylation and ylation
provided the intermediate used for coupling to the solid support. R may be long chain alkyl
amine controlled pore glass.
4/12O
1-120,
, ,
o E
ii /<"H\
c CPL KHz
A’ \ ,./ ~
ACE: \
) it own
' .‘1
DIMERS USEFUL FOR MAKING UCLEOTIDES
In some embodiments of the method of making an oligonucleotide, the method
includes contacting a support—bound free 3'—terminal group (e. g., a 3'—hydroxyl or 3'—amino
group) with a dinucleotide dimer subunit to form an inter—subunit linkage. In general, the
dinucleotide dimer is tected and includes a 5’—group e of coupling with the 3’—
terminal group. In some embodiments, the dinucleotide dimer includes a 5’—phosphoramidite.
The dinucleotide dimer may include a 3’—protected amino group or a 3’—protected hydroxyl
group. In some embodiments, the dinucleotide is decribed by the formula XIXZ, where X1 and X2
are independently any convenient sides (e. g., A, C, G, T or U or a ted version
thereof) linked via any convenient internucleoside linkage (e. g., as described herein). The
dinucleotide may include any convenient internucleoside linkage between the two nucleosides.
intemucleoside linkages of interest that find use in the. dinucleotide dimers include, but are not
limited to, a phosphodiester, a phosphotriester, a inethylphosphonate, a phosphoramidate (e.g., a
thiophospht‘naniida‘te) and a phosphorothioa‘te e.
in some cases. the dinucieotide dimer is a 3"protected-{iinucleotide--5'—
phosphoramidite dimer, or a synthetic precursor f, where the dinucleotide is decribed by
the formula XIXZ, Where X1 and X2 are independently selected from A, C, G, T and U or a
protected version thereof, and Where X1 and X2 are linked Via a phosphodiester, a
phosphotriester, a methylphosphonate, a phosphoramidate (eg, a thiophosphoramidate) or a
phosphorothioate e, or a protected n thereof.
In some embodiments of the method of making an oligonucleotide, the method
es contacting a support—bound free 3'—amino group with a 3'—protected dinucleotide
phosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimer to form an intemucleoside N3'—>P5'
phosphoramidite linkage. Any convenient 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide phosphoramidate—5'—
phosphoramidite dimer, or synthetic precursors thereof, may find use in the subject s. In
some cases, the dimer may be represented by the one of the following sequences: AA, AC, AG,
AT, AU, CA, CC, CG, CT or CU, GA, GC, GG, GT or GU, TA or UA, TC or UC, TG or UG
and TT or UU. In some cases, the dimer includes protected 2’—hydroxyl groups.
In certain embodiments, the dinucleotide dimer is a dinucleotide
thiophosphoramidate compound described by Formula (II):
Formula (II)
n B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a protected purine, a dine or a
protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; R11 is hydrogen, a protecting group or a
phosphoramidite group; R12 is hydrogen or a protecting group; and R13 is hydrogen, an alkyl, a
substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl or a protecting group. In some cases, B1 and/or B2
e a nucleobase protecting group. It is understood that, when R13 is hydrogen, an alkyl, a
substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl or a protecting group, some of the eotide
dimers described by Formula (II) may also exist in a salt form. Such forms in so far as they may
eXist, are intended to be included Within the scope of the present disclosure.
In some embodiments of Formula (II), R11 is hydrogen. In some ments of
Formula (II), R11 is a protecting group. Any convenient protecting groups may find use in the
subject dimers of Formula (II). In some ments of Formula (II), R11 is a levulinate—based
protecting group. In some embodiments of Formula (II), R11 is a levulinate protecting group (i.e.,
—COCH2CH2COCH3). In some embodiments of Formula (II), R11 is a 5’—phosphoramidite group.
] In some embodiments of Formula (II), R12 is hydrogen. In some embodiments of
Formula (II), R12 is a ting group. In certain embodiments, R12 is a trityl group (e. g., a
triphenylmethyl (Trt), a monomethoxytrityl (MMT), or a dimethoxytrityl (DMT)). In some
embodiments of Formula (II), R12 is a Trt protecting group.
In some embodiments of Formula (II), R12 is a photocleavable protecting group.
Any convenient photocleavable protecting groups may find use in the preparation of the subject
dinucleotide dimers and synthetic precursors thereof. In some embodiments of a (II), R12
is a substituted pixyl ting group, such as a nitro, fluoro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and/or
y—substituted pixyl protecting group. In some embodiments of Formula (II), R12 is a pixyl
protecting group (i.e., a 9—(9—phenyl)xanthenyl).
] In some embodiments of Formula (II), R11 is a levunyl protecting group and R12
is a trityl protecting group.
In some embodiments of Formula (II), R13 is hydrogen. In some embodiments of
Formula (II), R13 is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, R13 is a 2—cyano—ethyl group.
In certain embodiments, the 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide phosphoramidate—5'—
phosphoramidite dimer is described by Formula (III):
Formula (111)
wherein B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a
protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof. In some cases, B1 and/or B2 e a nucleobase
protecting group.
] In certain embodiments, the 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide phosphoramidate—5'—
phosphoramidite dimer is described by Formula (111):
Formula (IV)
wherein B1 and B2 are each ndently a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a
protected pyrimidine, or an analog f; and R18 is a trityl protecting group (such as a Trt, a
DMT or a MMT) or a pixyl protecting group.
In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 and B2 are each independently
selected from a protected adenine, a protected cytosine, a protected e, thymine and uracil.
In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 and B2 are each independently ed from
A(Bz), A(DMF), C(Bz), utyryl), T and U. In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III),
B1 is A(Bz). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is A(DMF). In some
embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is C(Bz). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or
(III), B1 is G(isobutyryl). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is T or U. In some
embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of
Formulae (II) or (III), B2 is C(Bz). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B2 is
G(isobutyryl). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B2 is T or U.
In some embodiments of ae (II) or (III), B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is
A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and
B2 is C(Bz). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is
G(isobutyryl). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is
T or U.
In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is A(Bz) or
A(DMF). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is C(Bz). In some
embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is utyryl). In some
embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is T or U.
In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is
A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of ae (II) or (III), B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is
C(Bz). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is utyryl) and B2 is
G(isobutyryl). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is T or
In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is T or U and B2 is A(Bz) or
A(DMF). In some embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is T or U and B2 is C(Bz). In some
embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III), B1 is T or U and B2 is G(isobutyryl). In some
embodiments of ae (II) or (III), B1 is T or U and B2 is T or U.It is understood that any of
the embodiments of Formulae (II) or (III) described herein, can also be applied to Formula (IV).
] Any of the dimers described herein may be adapted for use in the subject
methods. The subject dimers may be prepared ing to any convenient methods from any
convenient nucleoside monomers. Nucleoside monomers of interest that find use in the
preparation of the subject nucleoside dimers e, but are not limited to, monomers l6, 17, 12
and 13 which are depicted in the synthetic schemes disclosed herein. Dinucleotide dimers of
interest include osphitylated dimers that find use in the preparation of the subject
phosphitylated dinucleotide dimers, such as dimers 18 and 19 which find use in the preparation
of phosphitylated dinucleotide dimers such as 20, or dimer 14 which finds use in the preparation
of phosphitylated dinucleotide dimers such as 15.
] In some embodiments, the dimers of Formulae (III) and (IV) are prepared Via the
method depicted in the following scheme:
WO 68310
R\16 O B1 HOWO B1 Protect 5'-OH Om,
Hrf HZN‘
R16 1
H N\R17 |
Couple nucleoside e 8 RJO 82
Sulfurlzatlon HN:
O/VCN
Deprotect | A ¢
CN HN
S=P-O/\/
—’ I CN
I —’ \/
O Phosphitylation |
0 I32
HN‘: S
R17 HN\
Where B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a
protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; R15 is hydrogen or an amino protecting group; R17 is
an amino protecting group; and R16 is a hydroxyl protecting group. In certain embodiments, R15
is hydrogen. In certain embodiments of monomer 16, R16 is a silyl. In certain embodiments of
monomer 16, R16 is TBDMS (tert—butyldimethylsilyl). In certain embodiments of monomer 17,
R17 is a trityl (Trt). In certain embodiments of monomer 17, R17 is a monomethoxytrityl (MMT).
In n embodiments of r 17, R17 is a dimethoxytrityl (DMT). In
certain embodiments of monomer 17, R17 is a pixyl. In certain embodiments of dimers 18—20, R17
is a trityl (Trt). In certain embodiments of dimers 18—20, R17 is a monomethoxytrityl (MMT). In
certain embodiments of dimers 18—20, R17 is a dimethoxytrityl (DMT). In certain embodiments
of dimers 18—20, R17 is a pixyl.
In some embodiments, the dimers of Formulae (III) and (IV) are prepared Via the
method depicted in the following scheme, Where the monomer 13 is prepared from 11 Via
monomer 12 and d with a nucleoside e to produce dimers 14 which is converted to
dimer 15:
0 I31 0 82
Flo/\g Protect NHz HOW nate Protection
: —> 5 —>
H2N‘ “N
11 ‘R13 12
WOO/19,81Deprotect at 3-NH2 H|
/\/CN
NR13 S O
Couple nucleoside amidite |
Sulfurization O
HN‘:
O/\/CN
A ' ,P\ 0 81
Deprotect at 5'-OH N Ow
A HN‘~
Phosphitylation S=|l’—O/\/CN
HN‘:
Where B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a protected , a pyrimidine or a
protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; and R13 and R14 are each independently a protecting
group. In certain embodiments of monomers 12 and 13, R13 is a trityl. In certain embodiments of
monomers 12 and 13, R13 is a pixyl. In certain embodiments of dimers 14 and 15, R14 is a trityl.
In certain embodiments of dimers 14 and 15, R14 is a oxytrityl. In certain embodiments of
dimers 14 and 15, R14 is a monomethoxytrityl. In certain embodiments of dimers 14 and 15, R14
is a pixyl.
Monomers of st that find use in preparation of the subject dinuc1eotide dimers according to
the methods described herein include, but are not limited to:
O/\/CN
O/\/CN
N’ ”(I 1 I A o
HN‘: N,P\O/\<—7/B
O A ‘
g o
MeO O
o o
NOWB NOWo B
0 o
C
HN HN O
Q We R
O 0 R
where B is a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a ted pyrimidine, or an analog
thereof and R is hydrogen or an alkyl (e. g., methyl) or a halogen (e. g., bromo). In certain cases,
B is selected from A(Bz), , T, A(DMF), C(Bz), or U.
OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOSITIONS
In addition to a target oligonucleotide, a variety of non—target oligonucleotide
synthesis products may be produced during oligonucleotide sis. Minor products that may
be present in oligonucleotide preparations include, but are not limited to, deletion ts (e. g.,
products g one or more nucleoside residues), products that include one or more protecting
groups, terminated products (e. g., products that include a capped oligonucleotide chain),
products that lack one or more nucleobases, products that include partially oxidized
phosphoramidite linkages and products that include partially sulfurized linkages. As used herein,
target oligonucleotide refers to an oligonucleotide sequence of interest, which is the target
product of the method of preparation. As used herein, the terms “non—target product” and “minor
product” are used hangeably and refer to any ucleotide—containing product that is not
the target product, and which may occur during and after the cycles of the target oligonucleotide
synthesis.
The subject methods provide for compositions that include an improved purity of
target oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the composition includes 50% or more by weight
of the target oligonucleotide, such as about 55% or more, about 60% or more, about 65% or
more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about
90% or more, or even about 95% or more by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain
embodiments, the composition es 50% or more by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In
certain embodiments, the composition includes 55% or more by weight of the target
oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the composition includes 60% or more by weight of the
target oligonucleotide. In n embodiments, the composition includes 65% or more by weight
of the target oligonucleotide. In certain ments, the ition es 70% or more by
weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the composition includes 75% or
more by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the composition includes
80% or more by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the composition
includes 85% or more by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the
WO 68310
composition includes 90% or more by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain
embodiments, the composition includes 95% or more by weight of the target oligonucleotide.
In some embodiments, the subject methods provide for a coupling efficiency of
95% or more, such as 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, or even 98% or more.
In some embodiments, the subject methods provide for a mean coupling
efficiency that is 0.5% or more, such as 0.75% or more, 1.0% or more, 1.25% or more, 1.5% or
more, 1.75% or more, 2.0% or more, 2.5% or more, or even 3.0% or more, than the mean
coupling efficiency of a l synthesis performed using only monomer subunits. In certain
ments, the subject methods provided for a 96% or greater coupling efficiency. In certain
ments, the subject methods provides for a coupling efficiency that is 2% or greater than
the coupling efficiency of a control synthesis performed using only monomer subunits.
After synthesis, the subject compositions may undergo one or more purification
steps (e. g., HPLC chromatography, affinity tography, ion exchange chromatography, gel
filtration, etc.), e. g., to remove one or more minor products from the target oligonucleotide. It is
understood that, in the subject compositions, the reduced amounts of minor products and/or
increased amount of target oligonucleotide provided by the subject methods of preparation may
refer to such amounts and purities obtained immediately post synthesis and before any further
purification or separation steps (e. g., HPLC chromatography) have been performed. As such, in
some cases, the subject compositions may be referred to as synthesis preparations, e.g.,
fied synthesis ations. By unpurified is meant that no chromatography purification
steps have been performed on the composition. Chromatography purification refers to any
convenient purification method that includes absorption of target polynucleotide to a
tography t and subsequent elution of the target polynucleotide. In some cases,
chromatography purification refers to reverse phase chromatography purification.
] The t methods provide for compositions including a d amount of one
or more minor ts. By reduced amount is meant that the amount by weight of the minor
product in the composition relative to the target oligonucleotide is reduced relative to a control
synthesis, e. g., a synthesis where the oligonucleotide is ed using only monomer couplings.
In some embodiments, the reduced amount of minor product is about 20% or less of the amount
by weight of the target oligonucleotide, such as about 15% or less, about 10% or less, or about
% or less of the amount by weight of the target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the
reduced amount of minor product is 20% or less of the amount by weight of the target
oligonucleotide, such as 15% or less, 10% or less, 9% or less, 8% or less, 7% or less, 6% or less,
% or less, 4% or less, 3% or less, 2% or less, or even 1% or less of the amount by weight of the
target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the minor product is a (N—X) product.
The subject methods of preparation may provide for compositions having a
reduced amount of one or more (N—X) products ve to a target oligonucleotide of st,
where X is an integer from 1 to N—1 and N is the number of nucleoside residues in the target
oligonucleotide. As such, (N—1) product may refer to any and all oligonucleotide products that
lack any one nucleotide residue in comparison to a target oligonucleotide (e. g, a N product). As
such, a (N—2) t refers to any and all oligonucleotide products that lack any two nucleotide
residues in comparison to a target oligonucleotide (e. g, a N product). In certain embodiments, the
minor product is a (N—1) product. In certain embodiments, the minor product is a (N—2) t.
In certain embodiments, the minor product is a (N—3) product. In certain ments, the minor
product is a (N—4) product. In certain ments, the minor product is a (N—5) product. In
certain embodiments, the minor product is a (N—6) product. In n ments, the minor
product is a (N—7) product.
In n embodiments, any of the compositions described herein that have a reduced
amount of one or more (N—X) products relative to a target oligonucleotide of interest are
unpurified.
In some embodiments, the subject compositions include a low ratio of (N—1)
product to target oligonucleotide product. In some cases, the low ratio is less than (2.0 X N) parts
to 100 parts by weight of (N—1) product relative to target oligonucleotide, where N refers to the
number of nucleotide residues in the target oligonucleotide sequence. In certain embodiments,
the ratio is less than (1.9 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—1) t relative to target
oligonucleotide, such as less than (1.8 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.7 X N) parts to 100, less
than (1.6 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.5 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.4 X N) parts to 100, less
than (1.3 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.2 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.1 X N) parts to 100, less
than (1.0 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.9 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.8 X N) parts to 100, less
than (0.7 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.6 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.5 X N) parts to 100, less
than (0.4 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.3 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.2 X N) parts to 100, or
even less than (0.1 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—1) product relative to target
oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the subject compositions include a low ratio of less
than (1.5 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—1) product relative to target oligonucleotide. In
certain embodiments, the subject compositions include a low ratio of less than (1.2 X N) parts to
100 parts by weight of (N—1) product relative to target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments,
the subject compositions include a low ratio of less than (1.0 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of
(N—1) product relative to target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the subject
compositions include a low ratio of less than (0.5 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—1)
product relative to target oligonucleotide.
In some ments, the subject itions include a low ratio of (N—2)
product to target oligonucleotide product. In some cases, the low ratio is less than (2.0 X N) parts
to 100 parts by weight of (N—2) t ve to target oligonucleotide, where N refers to the
number of nucleotide residues in the target oligonucleotide sequence. In certain embodiments,
the ratio is less than (1.9 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—2) product relative to target
oligonucleotide, such as less than (1.8 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.7 X N) parts to 100, less
than (1.6 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.5 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.4 X N) parts to 100, less
than (1.3 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.2 X N) parts to 100, less than (1.1 X N) parts to 100, less
than (1.0 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.9 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.8 X N) parts to 100, less
than (0.7 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.6 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.5 X N) parts to 100, less
than (0.4 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.3 X N) parts to 100, less than (0.2 X N) parts to 100, or
even less than (0.1 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—2) product relative to target
oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the t itions e a low ratio of less
than (1.5 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—2) product relative to target oligonucleotide. In
certain embodiments, the subject compositions include a low ratio of less than (1.2 X N) parts to
100 parts by weight of (N—2) product relative to target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments,
the subject compositions e a low ratio of less than (1.0 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of
(N—1) product relative to target oligonucleotide. In certain embodiments, the subject
compositions include a low ratio of less than (0.5 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—2)
product ve to target oligonucleotide.
In some embodiments, the subject compositions include (N—1) product in an
amount of 20% or less of the total non—target oligonucleotides in the ition, such as 15%
or less, 10% or less or even 5% or less of the total non—target oligonucleotides.
Any of a wide variety of oligonucleotide compositions can be prepared using the
methods described herein. A variety of classes and types of ucleotides are of interest for
preparation using the subject methods (e. g., as described herein). Oligonucleotides suitable for
preparation according to the subject methods e, but are not limited to, anti—sense
oligonucleotides, RNA oligonucelotides, siRNA oligonucleotides, RNAi oligonucleotides, DNA
aptamers, micro RNA,and the like.
Oligonucleotides complementary to RNA component of Telomerase
Aspects of the disclosure include compounds and compositions including
oligonucleotides complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, and methods for
making the same. The compounds may inhibit telomerase activity in cells with a high potency
and have cellular uptake characteristics.
As summarized above, the subject methods provide for reduced amounts of non—
target oligonucleotide products of the synthesis. In certain cases, the subject methods provide for
increase amounts of target oligonucleotide product of the synthesis. In some ments, the
subject methods provide for the preparation of compositions that have a reduced amount of one
or more (N—X) ts relative to a target oligonucleotide of interest. Table 1 sets forth amounts
of interest of some non—target oligonucleotide products.
] In certain embodiments, any of the compositions bed herein that have a d
amount of one or more (N—X) products ve to a target oligonucleotide of interest are
unpurified.
] Table 1. Levels of oligonucleotide products in compositions of interest. The subject
compositions may include one or more of the following components at one of the levels
indicated in Table l.
Product % of composition old Amounts Range relative to Range relative to
(by weight) relative to target target (by weight) target (by weight)
(by weight) Oligos imetelstat
target 50% or more, N/A N/A N/A
55% or more,
60% or more,
65% or more,
70% or more,
75% or more,
2015/028327
80% or more,
85% or more,
90% or more,
95% or more
(N-1) products less than 11 % less than (1.9 X N) from about (0.1 X from about 1 to
(including less than 10 % parts to 100, less than N) to about (0.5 X about 20 parts in
derivatives thereof less than 9 % (1.8 X N) parts to 100 N) parts in 100, 100, from about 1
such as Phenylacetyl less than 8 % less than (1.7 X N) from about (0.1 X to about 10 parts in
and iBu derivatives) less than 7 % parts to 100, less than N) to about (0.4 X 100, from about 1
(e.g., post peak 1 (N- less than 6 % (1.6 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100, to about 8 parts in
1) product) less than 5 % less than (1.5 X N) from about (0.2 X 100, from about 1
less than 4 % parts to 100, less than N) to about (0.3 X to about 6 parts in
less than 3 % (1.4 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100, 100, from about 1
less than 2 % less than (1.3 X N) to about 5 parts in
less than 1 % parts to 100, less than about (0.1 X N) 100, from about 2
less than 0.5 % (1.2 X N) parts to 100, parts in 100, about to about 4 parts in
less than (1.1 X N) (0.2 X N) parts in 100,
parts to 100, less than 100, about (0.3 X
(0.9 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100, about 1parts in
less than (0.8 X N) about (0.4 X N) 100, about 2 parts
parts to 100, less than parts in 100, about in 100, about 3
(0.7 X N) parts to 100, (0.5 X N) parts in parts in 100, about
less than (0.6 X N) 100, 4 parts in 100,
parts to 100, about 5 parts in
less than (0.5 X N) 100
parts to 100, less than
(0.4 X N) parts to 100, less than 1 part in
less than (0.3 X N) 4, less than 1 part
parts to 100, less than in 5, less than 1
(0.2 X N) parts to 100, part in 6, less than
less than (0.1 X N) 1 part in 7, less
parts to 100 than 1 part in 8,
less than 1 part in
9, less than 1 part
in 10, less than 1
part in 20, less than
1 part in 25, less
than 1 part in 100
(N-2) and (N-3) 4% or more at least (1.0 X N) parts from about (1.0 X from about 5 to
products individually 6% or more to 100, at least (1.5 X N) to about (5.0 X about 50 parts in
or combined 8% or more N) parts to 100, at N) parts in 100, 100, from about 10
(including 10% or more least (2.0 X N) parts to from about (2.0 X to about 50 parts in
derivatives thereof 12% or more 100, at least (2.5 X N) N) to about (5.0 X 100, from about 20
such as Phenylacetyl 14% or more parts to 100, at least N) parts in 100, to about 50 parts in
and iBu derivatives) 16% or more (3.0 X N) parts to 100, from about (2.5 X 100, from about 30
(e. g., Post Peaks 18% or more at least (3.3 X N) parts N) to about (4.0 X to about 50 parts in
2+3+4, or Post Peaks 20% or more to 100 N) parts in 100, 100, from about 5
3+4, or post Peak 2, 25% or more from about (3.0 X to about 40 parts in
3 or 4) less than (3.3 X N) N) to about (4.0 X 100, from about 5
less than 25% parts to 100, less than N) parts in 100, to about 30 parts in
less than 20% (3.0 X N) parts to 100, from about (3.0 X 100, from about 5
less than 18% less than (2.5 X N) N) to about (3.5 X to about 20 parts in
less than 16% parts to 100, less than N) parts in 100 100, from about 10
less than 14% (2.0 X N) parts to 100, to about 20 parts in
less than 12% less than (1.5 X N) about (1.0 X N) 100
less than 10% parts to 100, less than parts in 100, about
(1.0 X N) parts to 100 (1.5 X N) parts in about 10 parts in
100, about (2.0 X 100, about 15 parts
N) parts in 100, in 100, about 20
about (2.5 X N) parts in 100, about
parts in 100, about 25 parts in 100,
(3.0 X N) parts in about 30 parts in
100, about (3.3 X 100, about 35 parts
N) parts in 100, in 100, about 40
about (3.5 X N) parts in 100, about
parts in 100 45 parts in 100,
about 50 parts in
at least 5 parts in
100, at least 10
parts in 100, at
least 12 parts in
100, at least 14
parts in 100, at
least 15 parts in
100, at least 20
parts in 100, at
least 30 parts in
100, at least 40
parts in 100
Total rget 45% or less, less than (8.5 X N) from about (0.4 X from about 5 to
oligonucleotides 40% or less, parts to 100, less than N) to about (5.0 X about 50 parts in
% or less, (8.0 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100, 100, from about 10
% or less, less than (7.5 X N) from about (0.8 X to about 50 parts in
% or less, parts to 100, less than N) to about (4.0 X 100, from about 20
% or less (7.0 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100, to about 50 parts in
less than (6.5 X N) from about (1.6 X 100, from about 20
parts to 100, less than N) to about (4.0 X to about 40 parts in
(6.0 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100, 100, from about 20
less than (5.5 X N) from about (1.6 X to about 30 parts in
parts to 100, less than N) to about (2.5 X 100,
(5.0 X N) parts to 100, N) parts in 100
less than (4.5 X N) about 25 parts in
parts to 100, less than about (1.9 X N) 100
(4.0 X N) parts to 100, parts to 100
less than (3.5 X N) at least 10 parts in
parts to 100, less than at least (1.0 X N) 100, at least 15
(3.0 X N) parts to 100, parts per 100, at parts in 100, at
less than (2.5 X N) least (1.5 X N) least 20 parts in
parts to 100, less than parts per 100, at 100, at least 25
(2.0 X N) parts to 100, least (2.0 X N) parts in 100,
less than (1.5 X N) parts per 100
parts to 100, less than less than 40 parts
(1.0 X N) parts to 100 in 100, less than 30
parts in 100, less
than 25 parts in
100, less than 20
parts in 100, less
than 15 parts in
2015/028327
In certain embodiments, the composition has less than (2.0 X N) parts to 100 parts
by weight of (N— 1) product relative to a compound, wherein the compound includes a
polynucleotide having a sequence of N nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA
component of human telomerase, wherein at least two of the side subunits are joined by a
N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage. In certain embodiments, the ratio is less
than (1.9 X N) parts to 100 parts by weight of (N—l) product relative to N product, such as less
100 parts by weight of (N—l) product relative to N product.
In some embodiments, the composition has less than 1 part in 4 by weight of a
(N—l) product relative to a compound (such as, less than 1 part in 5, less than 1 part in 6, less
than 1 part in 7, less than 1 part in 8, less than 1 part in 9, less than 1 part in 10, less than 1 part
in 15, less than 1 part in 20, less than 1 part in 25, less than 1 part in 50, less than 1 part in 100 by
weight of a (N—l) product relative to a compound), wherein the nd ses a
polynucleotide having a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA
component of human telomerase, n at least two of the nucleoside ts are joined by a
N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate or oxophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage. In certain
embodiments, the polynucleotide has a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside ts
complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, such as 10, ll, 12, l3, 14, 15, l6,
17, 18, 19, 20 or more nucleoside subunits.
In certain instances, the polynucleotide es a sequence of 13 or more
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, such as 15 or
more, 20 or more, 30 or more, 50 or more nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA
component of human telomerase.
] In certain embodiments, the polynucleotide includes a ce of 7 or more
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, such as 7, 8, 9,
, ll, 12, l3, l4, l5, 16 or 17 nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of
human telomerase. In n embodiments, the polynucleotide includes a sequence of nucleoside
subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase of between 11 and 18,
such as n 11 and 16 contiguous nucleoside ts complementary to the RNA
component of human telomerase.
In some embodiments, the cleotide includes between 3 and 50 contiguous
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA ent of human telomerase, such as
between 5 and 40, between 10 and 40, between 10 and 30, between 10 and 25 between 10 and
, or between 12 and 15 nucleoside subunits. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide
includes a ce of 10 or more contiguous nucleoside subunits mentary to the RNA
component of human telomerase. In certain ments, the composition has less than 1 part in
by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound. In certain embodiments, the
composition has less than 1 part in 20 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound. In
certain embodiments, the composition has less than 1 part in 25 by weight of a (N—l) product
relative to the compound. In certain embodiments, the composition has less than 1 part in 30 by
weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound. In certain ments, the composition
has less than 1 part in 50 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound.
In some embodiments, the composition has less that 1 part in 4 by weight of any
(N—X) product relative to the compound, such as less than 1 part in 5, less than 1 part in 6, less
than 1 part in 7, less than 1 part in 8, less than 1 part in 9, less than 1 part in 10, less than 1 part
in 20, less than 1 part in 25, less than 1 part in 30, or even less than 1 part in 50 by weight, of any
(N—X) product relative to the compound.
In some embodiments, the ition has less that 40 part in 100 by total weight
of (N—X) polynucleotide—containing products relative to the compound, such as less than 35 parts
in 100, less than 30 parst in 100, less than 25 parts in 100, less than 20 parts in 100, or even less
than 15 parts in 100 by weight, of (N—X) polynucleotide—containing products relative to the
compound.
In some embodiments, the composition has at least 5 parts in 100 by weight of
(N—2) and (N—3) products relative to the compound, such as, at least 10 parts in 100 by weight, at
least 12 parts in 100 by weight, at least 14 parts in 100 by weight, at least 15 parts in 100 by
weight, at least 20 parts in 100 by weight, at least 30 parts in 100 by , or at least 40 parts
in 100 by weight of (N—2) and (N—3) products relative to the compound.
In some embodiments, the composition has the following e of (N—X)
polynucleotide—containing products:
less that 1 part in 4 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the N product; and
at least 10 parts in 100 by weight of (N—2) and (N—3) products relative to the N
product.
In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide N product comprises a 3’—terminal
nucleoside subunit that is absent in the (N—l) product.
] The oligonucleotide nd may be described by the formula:
O—(X'-L')Il
where 0 represents the oligonucleotide ing a sequence of nucleoside subunits
complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, X' is an optional linker group, L'
represents the lipid moiety and n is an integer from 1—5.
Design of the nds therefore requires the selection of two entities, O and
L', and the determination of the structural linkage(s) between these entities, which may involve
the optional linker group X'.
In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide compound may be described by the
formula:
O—(X'-L')Il
where 0 represents the oligonucleotide including a sequence of side subunits
mentary to the RNA component of human rase, X' is an optional linker group, L'
represents the lipid moiety and n is 1, such as an oligonucleotide of Formula (I), or a salt f,
wherein in Formula (I), Z is the lipid moiety, L is the optional linker and the B groups
correspond to the sequence of nucleoside subunits mentary to the RNA component of
human telomerase.
The oligonucleotide component 0 may be regarded as the “effector” component
of the compound in that it is this component that effects inhibition of the telomerase enzyme by
binding to the RNA component of telomerase. Thus, the sequence of O is selected such that it
includes a region that is complementary to the ce of the telomerase RNA, which is shown
in SEQ ID NO:1 The region that is complementary to the telomerase RNA ent may in
theory be targeted to any portion of the telomerase RNA, but particular regions of the telomerase
RNA are preferred target for inhibitory oligonucleotides. One preferred target region is the
region spanning nucleotides 30—67 of SEQ ID NO: 1, which includes the “template region,” an ll
nucleotide region of sequence 5’—CUAACCCUAAC—3’ (SEQ ID NO: 2) that spans nucleotide
46—56 of SEQ ID NO: I. The template region functions to specify the sequence of the telomeric
repeats that telomerase adds to the chromosome ends and is essential to the actiVity of the
telomerase enzyme (see Chen at al., Cell 100:503—514, 2000; Kim et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.,
USA 98(14):7982—7987, 2001). Compounds of the invention that contain an oligonucleotide
moiety sing a ce complementary to all or part of the template region are thus
ularly preferred. Another red target region is the region spanning nucleotides 137— 179
of hTR (see Pruzan et al, Nucl. Acids Research, 30:559—5 88, 2002). Within this region, the
sequence spanning 141—153 is a preferred target. PCT publication WO 98/28442 describes the
use of oligonucleotides of at least 7 nucleotides in length to inhibit telomerase, where the
oligonucleotides are designed to be mentary to accessible portions of the hTR sequence
outside of the template region, including nucleotides 137—196, 290—319, and 350—380 of hTR.
] The region of O that is ed to the hTR sequence is preferably exactly
complementary to the corresponding hTR sequence. While mismatches may be tolerated in
certain ces, they are expected to decrease the specificity and actiVity of the resultant
oligonucleotide conjugate. In particular embodiments, the base sequence of the oligonucleotide
O is thus selected to include a sequence of at least 5 nucleotides exactly complementary to the
telomerase RNA, and enhanced rase inhibition may be obtained if increasing lengths of
complementary ce are employed, such as at least 8, at least 10, at least 12, at least 13 or at
least 15 nucleotides exactly mentary to the telomerase RNA. In other embodiments, the
sequence of the oligonucleotide includes a sequence of from at least 5 to 20, from at least 8 to
, from at least 10 to 20 or from at least 10 to 15 nucleotides exactly complementary to the
telomerase RNA sequence. l telomerase inhibitory actiVity may be obtained when the full
length of the oligonucleotide O is selected to be complementary to the telomerase RNA.
However, it is not ary that the full length of the oligonucleotide component be exactly
complementary to the target sequence, and the oligonucleotide sequence may include regions
that are not complementary to the target sequence. Such regions may be added, for example, to
confer other properties on the nd, such as sequences that facilitate purification. If the
oligonucleotide component 0 is to include regions that are not complementary to the target
sequence, such regions may be positioned at one or both of the 5’ or 3’ termini. In instances
WO 68310
where the region of exact complementarity is targeted to the template region, effective
telomerase inhibition may be achieved with a short (5—8 nucleotide) region of exact
complementarity to which a telomerase—like (G—rich) sequence is joined at the 5’ end.
ary sequences that are complementary to the human telomerase RNA and
which may be included as part of the oligonucleotide component 0, or which may be used as the
entire oligonucleotide component 0 include the following:
hTR complementary sequences (regions of Oligonucleotide sequence SEQ ID
NO:1 of US. ation 2012329858)
GGGUUGCGGA GGGUGGGCCU GGGAGGGGUG AUUU
UUUGUCUAAC CCUAACUGAG AAGGGCGUAG GCGCCGUGCU UUUGCUCCCC
GCGCGCUGUU UUUCUCGCUG ACUUUCAGCG GGCGGAAAAG CCUCGGCCUG
UCCA CCGUUCAUUC UAGAGCAAAC AAAAAAUGUC AGCUGCUGGC
CCGUUCGCCC CUCCCGGGGA CCUGCGGCGG GUCGCCUGCC CAGCCCCCGA
ACCCCGCCUG GAGGCCGCGG UCGGCCCGGG GCUUCUCCGG AGGCACCCAC
UGCCACCGCG AAGAGUUGGG CUCUGUCAGC UCUC UCGGGGGCGA
GGGCGAGGUU CAGGCCUUUC AGGCCGCAGG AAGAGGAACG GAGCGAGUCC
CCGCGCGCGG CGCGAUUCCC UGAGCUGUGG GACGUGCACC CAGGACUCGG
CUCACACAUG C (SEQ ID NO: 1)
GCTCTAGAATGAACGGTGGAAGGCGGCAGG 137—166 (SEQ ID NO: 6)
GGCGGCAGG 137—151 (SEQ ID NO: 7)
GGAAGGCGGCAGG 137—149 (SEQ ID NO: 8)
GTGGAAGGCGGCA 139—151 (SEQ ID NO: 9)
] GTGGAAGGCGG 141—151 (SEQ ID NO: 10)
CGGTGGAAGGCGG 141—153 (SEQ ID NO: 11)
ACGGTGGAAGGCG 4 (SEQ ID NO: 12)
AACGGTGGAAGGCGGC 143—155 (SEQ ID NO: 13)
ATGAACGGTGGAAGGCGG 144—158 (SEQ ID NO: 14)
ACATTTTTTGTTTGCTCTAG 160-179 (SEQ ID NO: 15)
TAGACAA 42-54 (SEQ ID NO: 3)
GTTAGGGTTAG 46—56 (SEQ ID NO: 4)
GTTAGGGTTAGAC 44—56 (SEQ ID NO: 16)
GTTAGGGTTAGACAA 42-56 (SEQ ID NO: 17)
GGGTTAGAC 44-52
CAGTTAGGG 50—58
CCCTTCTCAGTT 54—65 (SEQ ID NO: 18)
CGCCCTTCTCAG 56—67 (SEQ ID NO: 19)
] In some embodiments, the polynucleotide comprises a sequence ed from the
group consisting of: GTTAGGGTTAG (SEQ ID NO:4); TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3);
and CAGTTAGGGTTAG (SEQ ID NO:5).
The choice of the type of nucleoside linkages used in the synthesis of the 0
component may be made from any of the ble oligonucleotide tries, ing but not
d to, phosphodiester, phosphotriester, methylphosphonate, P3’—>N5’ phosphoramidate,
N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate, N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate, and phosphorothioate linkages.
In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide component 0 has at least one N3’—>P5’
phosphoramidate (e.g.,N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate) linkage. In certain embodiments, the
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase are all joined
by N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages. In certain cases, the N3’—>P5’
phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages are N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit
linkages. In certain cases, the N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages are N3’—>P5’
oxo—phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages.
In certain cases, the N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage has the
following structure:
P(S)(OR)—O—5’
Where R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl,
a substituted aryl and a phosphate protecting group. It is understood that some of the
oligonucleotide ents 0 including an subunit linkage bed by the formula above
Where R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl,
a substituted aryl and a phosphate protecting group, may also exist in a salt form. Such forms in
so far as they may eXist, are intended to be included Within the scope of the present disclosure.
In some instances, the N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage is
bed by the following structure:
3’—NH—P(S)(OR)—O—5 ’
where R is hydrogen. It is understood that for any of the oligonucleotide components 0
described herein that include such an inter—subunit linkage, such oligonucleotide components 0
may also include any convenient salt forms of the linkage. As such, the inter—subunit linkage
may be in a salt form that includes any ient counterion.
The compounds of the invention are more ive in producing telomerase
inhibition in cells than ponding oligonucleotides that are not conjugated to lipid
components. The lipid component L' is believed to function to enhance cellular uptake of the
compound, particularly in facilitating passage through the cellular membrane. While the
mechanism by which this occurs has not been fully elucidated, one possibility is that the lipid
component may facilitate binding of the nd to the cell membrane as either a single
molecule, or an aggregate (micellar) form, with uent internalization. However,
understanding of the e mechanism is not required for the invention to be utilized.
The lipid ent may be any lipid or lipid derivative that provides enhanced
cellular uptake compared to the unmodified oligonucleotide. Preferred lipids are hydrocarbons,
fats (e. g., glycerides, fatty acids and fatty acid derivatives, such as fatty amides) and sterols.
Where the lipid component is a hydrocarbons, the L' component may be a substituted or
unsubstituted cyclic hydrocarbon or an tic straight chain or branched hydrocarbon, which
may be saturated or unsaturated. Preferred examples are straight chain unbranched arbons
that are fully saturated or polyunsaturated. The length of the arbon chain may vary from
C2—C30, but optimal telomerase inhibition may be obtained with carbon chains that are C8—C22.
Preferred es of saturated hydrocarbons es) are listed below:
atic name / Carbon chain
Tetradecane C14H30
Pentadecane C15H32
Hexadecane C16H34
Heptadecane C17H36
Octadecane C18H38
Nonadecane C19H40
Eicosane C20H42
Mono— and poly—unsaturated forms (alkenes and polyenes, such as alkadienes and
alkatrienes) of hydrocarbons may also be selected, with compounds having one to three double
bonds being preferred, although compound having more double bonds may be employed.
Alkynes (containing one or more triple bonds) and alkenynes (triple bond(s) and double bond(s))
may also b ed.
Substituted forms of arbons may be employed in the compounds of the
ion, with substituent groups that are inert in vivo and in vitro being preferred. A
particularly preferred substituent is fluorine. Exemplary generic structures of polyfluorinated
hydrocarbons include: CF3(CF2)n—(CH2)m— Where m is at least 1, preferably at least 2, and n=l—
, such as fluorotridecane: 2)9(CH2)3; and CH3(CH2)a(CF2)b(CH2)C— Where a, b and c are
independently 1—30.
Other suitable lipid components include simple fatty acids and fatty acid
tives, glycerides and more complex lipids such as sterols, for example terol. Fatty
acids and their derivatives may be fully saturated or mono— or poly—unsaturated. The length of the
carbon chain may vary from C2—C30, but optimal telomerase inhibition may be obtained with
carbon chains that are C8—C22. Preferred examples of saturated fatty acids are listed below:
] Systematic name /Trivial name / Carbon chain
Tetradecanoic myristic 14:0
Hexadecanoic palmitic 16:0
Octadecanoic stearic 18:0
] Eicosanoic arachidic 20:0
] Mono— and poly—unsaturated forms of fatty acids may also be employed, with
compounds having one to three double bonds being preferred, although compounds having more
double bonds may also be employed. Examples of common mono— and poly—unsaturated fatty
acids that may be employed include:
Systematic name / Trivial name / Carbon chain
Cis—9—hexadecanoic palmitoleic 16: 1(n—7)
Cis—6—octadecanoic petroselinic 18:1 (n—l2)
Cis—9—octadecanoic oleic 18:1 (n—9)
9,12—octadecadienoic linoleic 18:2 (n—6)
6,9,12—octadecatrienoic gamma—linoleic 18:3 (n—6)
9,12,15—octadecatrienoic alpha—linoleic 18:3 (n—3)
,14—eicosatetraenoic arachidonic 20:4 (n—6)
Fatty acids with one or more triple bonds in the carbon chain, as well as branched
fatty acids may also be employed in the compounds of the invention. Substituted forms of fatty
acids may be employed in the compounds of the invention. As with the hydrocarbon groups,
substituent groups that are inert in vivo and in vitro are preferred, with fluorine being a
particularly preferred. Exemplary generic structures of polyfluorinated derivatives of fatty acids
suitable for use in the invention are: CF3(CF2)n—(CH2)mCO— where m is at least 1, preferably
at least 2, and , and CH3(CH2)a(CF2)b(CH2)CCO— where a, b and c are independently l—
In some cases, between one and five L' ents (n=l—5) are covalently linked
to the 0 component, optionally via a linker. More usually 1 or two L'components are utilized
(n=l or 2). Where more than one L' component is linked to the 0 component, each L'
component is independently selected.
It will be appreciated that compounds of the invention described as having a
specified hydrocarbon as the L' moiety and compounds described as having a specified fatty acid
(with the same number of carbon atoms as the specified hydrocarbon) are closely related and
differ in ure only in the nature of the bond that joins the L' moiety to the ucleotide,
which in turn is a result of the synthesis procedure used to produce the compound. For example,
and as described in more detail below, when compounds are synthesized having the L' moiety
conjugated to the 3’—amino terminus of an oligonucleotide (having phosphoramidate or
thiophosphoramidate internucleoside linkages), the use of the aldehyde form of a fatty acid (a
fatty aldehyde) as the ng material results in the ion of an amine linkage between the
lipid chain and the oligonucleotide, such that the lipid group appears as a hydrocarbon. In
contrast, use of the ylic acid, acid anhydride or acid chloride forms of the same fatty acid
results in the formation of an amide linkage, such that the lipid group appears as a fatly acid
derivative, specifically in this instance a fatty amide (as noted in the definitions section above,
for the sake of simplicity, the term “fatty acid” when bing the conjugated L' group is used
broadly herein to include fatty acid derivatives, including fatty amides). This is illustrated in the
ing schematics which depict the 3’—amino terminus of a phosphoramidate oligonucleotide
joined to a C14 lipid component. In tic A, L' is tetradecanoic acid tic acid), in
which the connection between L' and 0 groups is an amide. In schematic B, L' is tetradecane,
and the connection between the L' and 0 groups is an amine.
Schematic A
\ Schema tic B
The linkage between the O and L' components may be a direct linkage, or may be
via an optional linker moiety, e. g., x' or optional linker L of Formula (I). The linker group may
serve to facilitate the chemical synthesis of the compounds. Whether or not a linker group is used
to mediate the conjugation of the O and L' ents, there are le sites on the
oligonucleotide component 0 to which the L' component(s) may be conveniently conjugated.
Suitable linkage points include the 5’ and 3’ termini, one or more sugar rings, the intemucleoside
ne and the nucleobases of the ucleotide. In some cases, the L' moiety is attached to
the 3’ or 5’ terminus of the oligonucleotide.
If the L' component is to be attached to the 3’ us, the attachment may be
directly to the 3’ substituent, which in the case of the preferred phosphoramidate and
thiophosphoramidate oligonucleotides is the 3’—amino group, and in other instances, such as
conventional phosphodiester oligonucleotides, is a 3—hydroxy group. Alternatively, the L' moiety
may be linked via a 3’—linked phosphate group, in which a hexadecane hydrocarbon is linked to
the 3’ phosphate of a thiophosphoramidate oligonucleotide through an O—alkyl . If the L'
moiety is to be linked to the 5’ terminus, it may be attached through a 5’—linked phosphate group.
Attachment to a base on the O moiety may through any suitable atom, for example to the N2
amino group of guanosine. Where n>l such that a plurality of lipid moieties is to be attached to
the 0 component, the dually selected L' ents may be ed at any suitable
site(s). For example, one L' group may be attached to each terminus, various L' groups may be
attached to the bases, or two or more L' groups may be attached at one terminus.
The optional linker component x' may be used to join the O and L' components
of the compounds. It is understood that the optional linker (e. g., x', or L of Formula (1)) may be
attached to the polynucleotide (e. g., 0) through a terminal phosphate group, e. g., a ked or a
’—linked phosphate group. If a linker is to be employed, it is incorporated into the synthesis
procedures as described herein. Examples of suitable linker groups include amino glycerol and
O—alkyl glycerol—type linkers which respectively can be depicted by the c structures:
\\\~,/'1:CH2]m [CHZ]H\\;/
R '
wherein R’=H, OH, NHZ or SH; Y=O, S or NR; R=H, an alkyl or a substituted
alkyl; and n and m are independently integers between 1—18.
Specific examples of le linkers are the aminoglycerol linker in which
R’=OH, Y=O, and m and n are each 1:
the inoglycerol linker, in which R’=OH, Y=NH, and m and n are each 1:
\\N,/Y\N//
H H
and the O—alkyl glycerol linker in which R=H:
WOA[/\-:3—-
Exemplary lipid—modified oligonucleotides that may be prepared according to the
t methods include those compounds bed in Figure l (e.g., Figures lA—lDD) of US.
Application 20329858 to Gryaznov et al “Modified oligonucleotides for telomerase
inhibition”, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference in its ty.
In certain embodiments, the composition includes a compound described by the
structure:
H OH i?
NWO—E’—O T
o=F|>—SH
O=|i’-SH
O—[GnpsGnpsGnpsTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpanpsAnps] I A
Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage (e. g., —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O—),
connecting the bon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent nucleoside.
It is understood that all embodiments referring to a compound are also applicable
to the salt forms of said compound.
In certain embodiments, the composition includes a compound bed by the
structure:
H OH i?
NWO—E’—O T
o=F|>—SH
O=|i’-SH
O—[GnpsGnpsGnpsTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpanpsAnps] I A
or a salt thereof;
Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage (e. g., —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O— or a
tautomer thereof, or a salt thereof), connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of
the adjacent nucleoside. In certain embodiments, the composition includes a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt of the nd. In certain instances, the ition includes a sodium salt of
the compound. In n embodiments, the composition includes a divalent cation salt of the
compound, such as a magnesium salt of the compound. In n embodiments, the composition
includes a trivalent cation salt of the compound, such as an aluminium salt of the compound.
In certain embodiments, the composition es an oligonucleotide described by
the following structure, Where each M“ is independently hydrogen or any convenient counterion
of a salt, each X is independently l, 2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5 to 13, such as 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
, ll, 12 or 13, such as n is 13:
H'i‘H <’ | ,J
S=P'O N
O N
NH (-3 i )1 o
H'F NH
<’ | *
s=Fg—o N
o N’ NH2
o— ‘97 o
H.“ «N I i“
S=E’-O N
o N’ NH2
0- kg 0
HI «N | 3:“
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' b 0
HI 1%”:
s=Fg—o o N o
o— p 0
HI 1%“:
S=E’-O o N o
o- p NH2
““ «N I)”
s=Fg—o o N N’ o
o- b
HN <’ | A
s=I?—o N
o N NH
o— ‘97 NH,
HN «N I)“
S=P-O
C3. :0)N N’
NH |
l NAG
O O
o— ‘97 MHz
N \
NH < I j
S=FI"O O N N
O NH2
W «N I)“
S=E’-O o N N/
o- b
NH2 (M )n
In certain instances, each X is 1. In certain instances, each X is independently l or 2. In certain
instances, each X is independently l or 3. In certain instances, M“ is en.
In certain embodiments, the composition includes an oligonucleotide described by
the following structure and may include any convenient cationic counterions of a salt:
H [\IJH \N
<’ | A
S=P-O N
o N
NH (5 o
O i j N
H'fl NH
<’ | A
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- p o
HI? NH
<’ | A
S=E’-O N
o N NH2
0- b o
HI? NH
(’N | A
S=E-O o N NH2
0' s j 0
HN \(figNH
s=fi>—o o N o
O' s 7 O
HN \fL/gNH
s=E>—o o N o
0' p NH2
N” «N ‘N
S=E’-O o N N/J o
HN <,N | A
S=E’-O N
o N NH
0— 79 NE
W «N I)“
S=P-O
(-3. i0)N N/
NH |
s—Fg—o NAG
o- NH2
N” «N | )N
S=P-O O N N/
('3' K 7 NH2
N \ N
NH <’ | J
s—Fg—o N
o N
o- b
In certain embodiments, the composition es a compound described by the
structure:
OH NH \N
<’ | J
S—P-O o N N
NH (5 o
O + i j
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' b o
Na+ N
HRH NH
<’ | A
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0' p o
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0' s 7 O
I \kaNH
s=fi>—o o N o
0— 7Q o
HI 1%)“:
s=fi>—o o N o
o- NH2
N \
“H“ </ I j“
S=Fl>_—O o N N’ o
O K 7
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- 7;) MHZ
a \
HN «N I j“
S=P-O o N N/
(5. i j NH2
3:}:3—0 N O
o- p NH2
Na+ \
NH «N I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
0' b NH2
NH </N I \)N
8—9—0 0 N N/
0- 797
Also provided are compound active pharmaceutical ingredient itions
including an oligonucleotide—containing compound. As used herein, an active pharmaceutical
ingredient refers to a composition that is produced using the subject s of preparation,
where the ition may optionally be subjected to one or more further purification steps post
synthesis. In general, an active pharmaceutical ingredient is a composition suitable for
formulation into a pharmaceutical composition. In some cases, the compound active
pharmaceutical ingredient composition is not purified post synthesis, such that the
oligonucleotide—containing components of the composition reflect those products ed
during oligonucleotide synthesis.
In some embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less
than 9% by weight of a (N—l) product, wherein the compound comprises a cleotide having
a ce of 10 or more nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human
telomerase, wherein at least two of the side subunits are joined by a N3’—>P5’
thiophosphoramidate or oxophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage (e. g., as described ).
In some embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less
than 9% by weight of a (N—l) product, wherein the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt thereof comprises a polynucleotide having a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside subunits
complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, wherein at least two of the
nucleoside subunits are joined by a 5’ thiophosphoramidate or oxophosphoramidate inter—
t linkage (e. g., as described herein).
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human rase are all joined
by N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit e has the following structure:
3’—NH—P(S)(OR)—O—5’
where R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl,
a substituted aryl and a phosphate protecting group. When R is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl and a phosphate
protecting group, it is understood that some of the inter—subunit es bed by the
formula above may also exist in a salt form. Such forms in so far as they may eXist, are intended
to be included within the scope of the present disclosure.
2015/028327
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage has the following structure:
3’—NH—P(S)(OR)—O—5’
Where R is hydrogen. It is understood that for any of the compound active pharmaceutical
ingredients described herein that include such an inter— t linkage, such compound active
pharmaceutical ingredient may also include any convenient pharmaceutically acceptable salt
forms of the linkage. As such, the inter—subunit linkage may be in a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt form that includes any ient counterion of the salt.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
polynucleotide comprises between 10 and 50 contiguous nucleoside ts complementary to
the RNA component of human telomerase (e. g., as bed herein).
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
polynucleotide comprises a sequence selected from the group consisting of: GTTAGGGTTAG
(SEQ ID NO:4); TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3); and CAGTTAGGGTTAG (SEQ ID
NO:5).
In some ments of the compound active pharmaceutical ient, the
polynucleotide es a 3’amino or a 3’—hydroxyl al group. In certain embodiments of
the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the polynucleotide includes a 3’amino terminal
group. In certain embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
polynucleotide includes a 3’—hydroxyl terminal group.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
compound has the structure:
WO 68310
“£0 E o T
o {5!
o=F|>—SH
(ID—l A
o=F|>-SH
c'>—[Gnp5Gnpse"psTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpscnpsAnpsi A
wherein “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O—, ting
the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent nucleoside.
It is understood that all embodiments referring to a compound active
pharmaceutical ingredient are also applicable to the salt forms of said compound active
pharmaceutical ingredient.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
compound has the structure:
H OH II
WO—P—O T
a. —| o I
O=|L-SH
c'>—[Gnp5Gnpse"psTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpscnpsAnpsi A
or a pharmaceutically able salt thereof;
wherein “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O— (or a
tautomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as described herein), connecting
the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent nucleoside. In certain
embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the composition includes a
sodium salt of the compound. In n embodiments, the composition includes a divalent cation
salt of the compound, such as a magnesium salt of the compound. In certain embodiments, the
composition includes a trivalent cation salt of the nd, such as an aluminium salt of the
compound.
In certain embodiments of the compound active ceutical ingredient, the
compound is bed by the following structure, Where each M“ is independently hydrogen or
any ient rion of a salt, each X is independently l, 2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5
to 13, such as 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10,11,12 or 13, such as n is 13:
H'IH </ | ,j‘
S=P'O O N N
NH (-3 i y o
H'F NH
<’ | *
s=Fg—o N
o N NH2
0- kg 0
H'.“ «N I 3:“
S=E-O N
o N’ NH2
0- kg 0
HN </N | 3:“
S=E-O N
o N/ NH2
0- If) 0
HI 1*)”:
S=E’-O o N o
o- p 0
HI I i”
S=E-O o N o
0' b NH2
_' <,N |\NA
S—E-O N
o N o
,“ NH
HN < | A
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0 NH2
HN «N I)“’
860=P- O N NNH2
NH |
S=P'O N/go
o NH2
NH «N I)“
S=E-O o N N’
O NH2
NH «N I)”
S=E’-O o N N’
o- b
NH2 (M )n
In certain ces, each X is 1. In certain instances, each X is independently l or 2. In certain
instances, each X is independently l or 3. In certain instances, M“ is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ient, the
compound is described by the following structure and may include any convenient cationic
counterions of a salt:
H_'IH \N
</ I 4
S—P-O o N N
NH (5 o
O k j N
“N </ I i“
S—E-O N
o N/ NH2
0- kg 0
“N «N I 1”
S=E’-O N
o N/ NH2
0- b o
HN NH
_|_ <N I A
S—E’O o N NH2
0- kg 0
HN TipNH
S=E’-O o N o
o- p o
HN \(tgNH
s=fi>—o o N o
0' p NH2
‘“ «N |\N
S=Il3-O N
O N/J O
0' L7
,N NH
HN < | A
S=E’-O N
o N NH2
0- 7;) MHZ
“N «N I)”’
S=P-O
(-3 :0)N NNH2
NH |
S:FI>—O N’go
0- b NH2
NH «N I)”
S—Fg—o N
o N/
0— 7Q NH2
N” «N I)”
S=E’-O N
o N/
In some embodiments of the nd active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
compound is described by the structure:
OH [\IJH \N
<’ | J
S=P‘O O N N
NH ('3 K 7 O
O +
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0- p o
S=|f’-O N
o N/ NH2
0- p o
S=|f’-O N
o N/ NH2
0- 7;) o
Hi 1%”:
s=fi>—o o N o
O' s 7 O
Hi I i“
S=|f’-O o N o
0' p NH2
N \
I“ < I j“
S=FI>:O O N N/
+ {—7 N
S=|f’-O N
o N NH2
0- lg NH2
a \
HN «N I j“
S=|?-O i jo N N/
o- NH2
+ \
SzFI)—O N O
0' b NH2
Na+ \
N“ «N I j“
S=|f’-O o N N/
o— b NH2
NH </N I \JN
S=E’-O o N N/
o- b
] In some embodiments, the compound active ceutical ingredient has less
that 9% by weight of the (N—l) product, such as less than 8% by weight, less than 7% by weight,
less than 6% by weight, less than 5% by weight, less than 4% by weight, less than 3% by weight,
less than 2% by weight, or even less than 1% by weight of the (N—l) product. In certain
embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less that 5 % by weight of the
(N—l) product. In certain embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less
that 2 % by weight of the (N—l) product.
In some embodiments, the active pharmaceutical ingredient has less that 9 % of
any (N—X) product, such as less than 8% by , less than 7% by weight, less than 6% by
weight, less than 5% by weight, less than 4% by weight, less than 3% by , less than 2% by
weight, or even less than 1% by weight of any (N—X) product.
In some embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less
that 9 % by weight in total of (N—X) polynucleotide—containing products, such as less than 8% by
weight, less than 7% by weight, less than 6% by weight, less than 5% by , less than 4% by
weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 2% by weight, or even less than 1% by weight in total
of (N—X) polynucleotide—containing products.
In some embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has the
following profile of (N—X) polynucleotide—containing products:
less that 1 part in 4 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the N product; and
at least 10 parts in 100 by weight of (N—2) and (N—3) ts relative to the N product.
FORMULATIONS
Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions that include an oligonucleotide
composition (e. g., as described ). The oligonucleotide compositions (e. g., as described
herein) can also be formulated as a ceutical composition for inhibition of transcription or
translation in a cell in a disease condition d to overeXpression of the target gene.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes an
ucleotide ition (e.g., as described herein) formulated in a pharmaceutically
acceptable excipient. In certain embodiments, the oligonucleotide composition is a compound
active ceutical ingredient having less than 9 % by weight of a (N—l) product, wherein the
compound comprises a polynucleotide having a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside subunits
complementary to the RNA ent of human telomerase, wherein at least two of the
nucleoside subunits are joined by a N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage.
2015/028327
The present invention provides compounds that can specifically and potently inhibit
telomerase activity, and which may therefore be used to inhibit the proliferation of telomerase—
positive cells, such as tumor cells. A very wide variety of cancer cells have been shown to be
telomerase—positive, including cells from cancer of the skin, connective tissue, adipose, ,
lung, stomach, pancreas, ovary, cerviX, uterus, kidney, bladder, colon, prostate, central nervous
system (CNS), retina and hematologic tumors (such as myeloma, ia and lymphoma).
Cancers of st include, but are not limited to, myelofibrosis, thrombocythemia,
myelodysplasic syndrome and myelogenous leukemia.
The subject compounds can be used to treat hematologic malignancies and
myeloproliferative disorders, including but not limited to, essential thrombocythemia (ET),
themia vera (PV) c myelogenous leukemia (CML), myelofibrosis (MF), chronic
neutrophilic leukemia, chronic eosinophilic leukemia, and acute myelogenous leukemia (AML).
The subject compounds can be used to treat myelodysplastic syndromes, which e such
disease as refractory anemia, refractory anemia with excess blasts, refractory cytopenia with
ineage dysplasia, refractory cytopenia with unilineage dysplasia, and chronic
myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML). The subject compounds can be used to treat hematological
diseases, such as those described in PCT patent application No. PCT/US 13/070437 filed
November 15, 2013, the sure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Accordingly, the compounds provided herein are broadly useful in treating a wide
range of malignancies. More importantly, the compounds of the present ion can be
effective in providing treatments that discriminate between malignant and normal cells to a high
degree, avoiding many of the deleterious side—effects present with most current herapeutic
regimens which rely on agents that kill dividing cells indiscriminately. er, the compounds
of the invention are more potent than lent unconjugated oligonucleotides, which means
that they can be administered at lower doses, providing enhanced safety and significant
reductions in cost of treatment. One aspect of the invention therefore is a method of treating
cancer in a patient, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective dose of a
compound of the present invention. rase tors, including compounds of the
invention, may be employed in conjunction with other cancer ent approaches, including
surgical removal of primary tumors, chemotherapeutic agents and radiation treatment. Hence, the
invention relates to compounds and compositions provided herein for use as a medicament. The
invention also relates to compounds and compositions provided herein for use in treating or
preventing any one of the malignancies mentioned hereinbefore.
For therapeutic application, a compound of the invention is formulated in a
therapeutically ive amount with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. One or more
invention nds (for example, having different L' or 0 ents) may be included in
any given formulation. The pharmaceutical carrier may be solid or liquid. Liquid carriers can be
used in the preparation of solutions, emulsions, suspensions and pressurized compositions. The
compounds are dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid excipient.
Suitable examples of liquid carriers for parenteral administration of the oligonucleotides
preparations include water (which may contain ves, e.g., cellulose derivatives, ably
sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), phosphate buffered saline solution (PBS), alcohols
(including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e. g., glycols) and their derivatives, and
oils (e. g., fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). The liquid carrier can contain other suitable
pharmaceutical additives including, but not limited to, the following: solubilizers, suspending
agents, emulsifiers, buffers, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, preservatives,
stabilizers and osmolarity regulators.
For parenteral administration of the compounds, the carrier can also be an oily ester
such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Sterile carriers are useful in sterile liquid form
compositions for eral administration.
Sterile liquid pharmaceutical itions, solutions or suspensions can be utilized
by, for example, intraperitoneal injection, subcutaneous injection, intravenously, or lly.
The oligonucleotides can also be stered intravascularly or via a vascular stent.
The liquid carrier for pressurized compositions can be a nated hydrocarbon or
other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant. Such pressurized compositions may also be lipid
ulated for delivery via inhalation. For administration by asal or intrabronchial
tion or insufflation, the oligonucleotides may be formulated into an aqueous or partially
aqueous solution, which can then be ed in the form of an aerosol.
The nds may be administered topically as a solution, cream, or , by
ation with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles containing the active compound.
The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any
acceptable dosage including, but not limited to, formulations in capsules, tablets, powders or
granules, and as suspensions or solutions in water or non—aqueous media. Pharmaceutical
compositions and/or formulations comprising the ucleotides of the present invention may
include carriers, ants, diluents, thickeners, flavoring agents, emulsifiers, dispersing aids or
binders. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and
corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, may also be added. For oral
administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When
aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying
and suspending . If desired, certain sweetening, ng or coloring agents may also be
added.
While the compounds of the invention have superior characteristics for cellular and
tissue penetration, they may be formulated to provide even greater benefit, for example in
liposome carriers. The use of liposomes to facilitate cellular uptake is described, for example, in
U.S. Pat. No. 4,897,355 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,394,448. us publications describe the
formulation and preparation of liposomes. The compounds can also be formulated by mixing
with additional penetration enhancers, such as unconjugated forms of the lipid moieties
described above, including fatty acids and their derivatives. es include oleic acid, lauric
acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, dicaprate,
tricaprate, recinleate, monoolein (a.k.a. oleoyl—rac—glycerol), dilaurin, caprylic acid,
arichidonic acid, glyceryl l—monocaprate, l—dodecylazacycloheptan—2—one, acylcamitines,
acylcholines, mono— and cerides and physiologically acceptable salts f (i.e., oleate,
laurate, caprate, ate, palmitate, stearate, linoleate, etc.).
Complex formulations comprising one or more penetration enhancing agents may be
used. For example, bile salts may be used in combination with fatty acids to make complex
ations. Exemplary combinations include chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA), generally used
at concentrations of about 0.5 to 2%, combined with sodium e or sodium laurate, lly
used at concentrations of about 0.5 to 5%.
Pharmaceutical compositions and/or formulations sing the oligonucleotides of
the present ion may also include chelating agents, surfactants and non—surfactants.
Chelating agents include, but are not limited to, disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA),
citric acid, salicylates (e. g., sodium salicylate, 5—methoxysalicylate and nilate), N—acyl
derivatives of collagen, laureth—9 and N—amino acyl tives of beta—diketones (enamines).
Surfactants include, for example, sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene—9—lauryl ether and
polyoxyethylene—20—cetyl ether; and perfluorochemical emulsions, such as FC—43. Non—
surfactants include, for example, unsaturated cyclic ureas, l—alkyl— and l—alkenylazacyclo—
alkanone tives, and non—steroidal anti—inflammatory agents such as diclofenac sodium,
indomethacin and phenylbutazone.
Thus, in another aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of formulating a
pharmaceutical composition, the method comprising providing a compound as described herein,
and combining the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Preferably the
compound is provided at pharmaceutical , as defined below. The method may further
comprise adding to the compound, either before or after the addition of the excipient, a
penetration ing agent.
The ceutical composition may comply with pharmaceutical purity standards.
In some cases, for use as an active ingredient in a pharmaceutical ation, a subject
compound is purified away from reactive or potentially immunogenic ents present in the
mixture in which they are ed..
The pharmaceutical composition may be aliquoted and packaged in either single dose
or dose units. The dosage requirements for treatment with the oligonucleotide compound
vary with the particular itions employed, the route of administration, the severity of the
symptoms ted, the form of the compound and the particular subject being treated.
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered to a subject in a
formulation and in an amount effective to achieve a clinically desirable result. For the treatment
of cancer, desirable results include reduction in tumor mass (as determined by palpation or
imaging; e. g., by radiography, radionucleotide scan, CAT scan, or MRI), reduction in the rate of
tumor growth, reduction in the rate of metastasis ion (as ined e.g., by histochemical
analysis of biopsy specimens), reduction in biochemical markers ding general markers such
as ESR, and tumor—specific markers such as serum PSA), and improvement in quality of life (as
determined by clinical assessment, e. g., Karnofsky score), increased time to progression, disease—
free survival and overall survival.
The amount of compound per dose and the number of doses required to achieve such
effects will vary depending on many factors including the disease indication, characteristics of
the patient being treated and the mode of administration. In some instances, the formulation and
route of administration will provide a local concentration at the disease site of between 1 uM and
1 nM of the compound.
In general, the compounds are administered at a concentration that affords effective
results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects. Such a concentration can be
achieved by stration of either a single unit dose, or by the administration of the dose
divided into convenient subunits at suitable als throughout the day.
UTILITY
The methods and compositions of the ion, e.g., as described above, find use
in a variety of applications. Applications of interest e, but are not d to: therapeutic
applications, diagnostic applications, ch applications, and ing applications, as
ed in greater detail below.
The subject compounds find use in a variety of therapeutic applications. In some
embodiments, the methods of producing an oligonucleotide are applied to prepare
oligonucleotides that provide for a therapeutic benefit. The types of diseases which are ble
using the compositions of the present invention are limitless. For example the compositions
may be used for treatment of a number of genetic diseases. In some embodiments, the subject
methods and itions have antisense ations. In some embodiments, the subject
methods and compositions have antigene applications. In certain embodiments, the subject
s and compositions have telomerase inhibition applications, such as those described in
U.S. Patent 6,835,826, and U.S. Publication 20120329858, the disclosures of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
The subject compounds and methods find use in a variety of diagnostic applications, including
but not limited to, the development of clinical diagnostics, e. g., in vitro diagnostics or in vivo
tumor imaging agents. Such applications are useful in diagnosing or confirming diagnosis of a
disease condition, or susceptibility thereto. The s are also useful for monitoring disease
progression and/or response to treatment in patients who have been previously diagnosed with
the disease.
EXAMPLES
The following examples are put forth so as to e those of ordinary skill in
the art with a complete disclosure and ption of how to make and use the present invention,
2015/028327
and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention nor are
they intended to represent that the experiments below are all or the only experiments performed.
s have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to s used (e. g. amounts,
ature, etc.) but some experimental errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless
indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, molecular weight is weight average molecular
weight, temperature is in s Celsius, and pressure is at or near atmospheric. By “average”
is meant the arithmetic mean. Standard abbreviations may be used, e. g., bp, base ); kb,
kilobase(s); pl, picoliter(s); s or sec, second(s); min, minute(s); h or hr, ); aa, amino
acid(s); kb, kilobase(s); bp, base pair(s); nt, nucleotide(s); i.m., intramuscular(ly); i.p.,
intraperitoneal(ly); s.c., subcutaneous(1y); and the like.
General Synthetic Procedures
Many general references providing commonly known chemical synthetic schemes
and conditions useful for synthesizing the disclosed compounds are available (see, e. g., Smith
and March, March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, Fifth
Edition, Wiley—Interscience, 2001; or Vogel, A Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry,
Including Qualitative c is, Fourth Edition, New York: Longman, 1978).
] Compounds as described herein can be purified by any purification protocol known in
the art, including tography, such as HPLC, preparative thin layer chromatography, flash
column chromatography and ion exchange chromatography. Any suitable stationary phase can
be used, including normal and reversed phases as well as ionic resins. In certain embodiments,
the disclosed compounds are purified via silica gel and/or alumina chromatography. See, e. g.,
Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, 2nd Edition, ed. L. R. Snyder and J. J.
Kirkland, John Wiley and Sons, 1979; and Thin Layer Chromatography, ed E. Stahl, Springer—
Verlag, New York, 1969.
During any of the processes for preparation of the subject compounds, it may be
necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules
concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups as described in
standard works, such as J. F. W. McOmie, “Protective Groups in c Chemistry”, Plenum
Press, London and New York 1973, in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, ctive Groups in
Organic Synthesis”, Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999, in “The Peptides”; Volume 3
(editors: E. Gross and J. Meienhofer), Academic Press, London and New York 1981, in
“Methoden der schen Chemie”, Houben—Weyl, 4th edition, Vol. 15/1, Georg Thieme
Verlag, Stuttgart 1974, in H.—D. Jakubke and H. Jescheit, “Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine”,
Verlag , Weinheim, Deerfield Beach, and Basel 1982, and/or in Jochen Lehmann,
“Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: ccharide and Derivate”, Georg Thieme , Stuttgart
1974. The ting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods
known from the art.
The subject compounds can be synthesized via a variety of different synthetic routes
using commercially available starting materials and/or starting materials prepared by
conventional synthetic methods. A y of examples of synthetic routes that can be used to
synthesize the compounds disclosed herein are described in the schemes below.
EXAMPLE 1
Sflthesis of imetelstat sodium using dimeric phosphoramidites.
Imetelstat sodium is synthesized using a solid support (Controlled pore glass or
polymeric solid support) and monomer phosphoramidites such as ABZ or Admf, C, G”311 and T
amidites in the following sequence:
GGGTTAGACAA—NH2—3’ (SEQ ID NO:3) where R = Lipid linker group
Table 2: Structure of the Amidites and Solid Su ort
Abbreviated Description Structure
Name
Amidite Admf 3’ T—ritylamino——N6—
dimethylformamidino—
2’ ,3 —dideoxyadenosine—
’ ——(2cyanoethyl)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
WO 68310
Abbreviated Description Structure
Name
Amidite Admf 3’-
(MMT) Monomethoxytritylamino—
N6—dimethy1f0rmamidino—
2’ deoxyadenosine—
’—(2—cyanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
3’—(Dimethy1— substituted
Pixy1)amin0—N6—
dimethylformamidino—
2’ ,3’—dideoxyadenosine—
’ —(2—cyanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
3’—Dimethoxytritylamino—
N6—dimethy1f0rmamidino—
2’ ,3’—dideoxyadenosine—
’—(2—cyanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
Abbreviated Description ure
Name
Amidite ABZ 3’—Trity1amino—N6—
benzoyl—Z’ ,3 ’ -
dideoxyadenosine—S ’ —(2—
cyanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
Amidite C(Bz) 3’— Tritylamino—N—
benzoyl—Z’ ,3 ’ -
dideoxycytidine 5’—(2—
cyanoethy1)— N,N—
diisopropylphosphoramidi
ty1amino—N2—
isobutyryl—Z’ , 3 ’—
dideoxyguanosine—S ’ —(2—
cyanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
iated Description Structure
Name
Amidite T 3’—Tritylamino—3’—
deoxythymidine 5’—(2—
cyanoethyl)—N,N—
diisopropylphosphoramidi
oyl— 3—palmitoylamido— l —O—
aminoglycerol (4,4’—dimethoxytrityl)—2—
—solid support O—succinyl propanediol
Controlled Pore Glass
Support
NittoPhaseHL 3—palmitoylamido— 1'0"
Palmitoyl 400 (4,4’-dimethoxytrityll)
- O—succmyl propaned101
Polymeric 0—Polymeric solid t ,
Solid Support ric Solid Support, :0}:W
The imetelstat backbone is NPS which is similar to starting phosphoramidites and
therefore the coupling efficiency is approximately 92%. Utilization of dimer phosphoramidites
allows fewer coupling steps which can lead to higher yield and purity at the intermediate stage
after synthesis. The following dimer oramidites were prepared as shown below using a
method as described in synthetic scheme 1:
TA, AA, GA, GG and GT.
The synthesis of the dimer phosphoramidites required three monomer amidates (4a to
4c, scheme 1) and three 5’—TBDMS—3’ amino nucleoside intermediates (3a to 3c, scheme 1) for
A, G and T nucleosides. TBDMS is tert—butyldimethylsilyl. The intermediates (3a to 3c, scheme
1) were prepared from two kinds of starting materials, 5’—OH—3’—NH—Tr—2’—deoxy—N—benzoyl
adenosine (1a), 3’—NH—Tr—2’—deoxy—N—isobutyryl guanosine (1b), and 3’—amino—
thymidine (2). Tr or Trt refer to trityl.
The 5’—hydroxyl group of 1a and 1b were protected with TBDMS groups using t—
butyldimethylsilyl chloride and imidazole in DMF (N,N—dimethylformamide), and then the trityl
groups at the 3’—amino positions were deprotected by the treatment with acetic acid in water.
The resulting intermediates, 3a to 3c were coupled with the corresponding amidates, 4a to 4c,
using benzylmercaptotetrazole (BMT) as an activator in dimethylformamide and the subsequent
sulfurization (P 111 to P V) was performed using xanthane hydride and pyridine (scheme 1). In
general, the sulfurization reaction was ted easily. The outcomes of the coupling reactions
varied depending on moisture, reaction time, and equivalency of amidates. Anhydrous
conditions using nitrogen or argon gas and a quick coupling reaction was desirable since a longer
reaction time lead to more side products such as P (V) oxidation products. The P (111)
intermediates of the dimer have different stabilities. The TA intermediate was stable enough to
monitor the on completion by TLC and HPLC. Other P (111) intermediates were not stable
enough to tr the coupling reaction and reaction completion was checked after the
sulfurization was completed (scheme 1). P(V) s are more stable for dimers AA, GA, GG
and GT. For TA dimer (5e), 1.3 equivalent of amidate (4c) was used for the coupling and the
other four dimers (5a~5d) required approximately 3 lent of amidates (4a and 4b) (scheme
1). Amidate rs 4a—4c are prepared by ng s described in U.S. Patent
,859,233.
Scheme 1. S nthetic Scheme of Dimer Amidates
(P—reagent is cyanoethoxy—bis(N,N—diisopropylamino)phosphine)
I, L
no 1% $12
W “3‘1
(fitt. s: z,—" —
{a :5: s; rat-mason gypsum; ow £3 Lg
. » fl
_2‘ »_ u
‘— '
—’ —3.‘
In» :53 mm: m: ‘1- [w]
[m I] K :53. 8: «w-
""" 1‘ an anagram
fie. . 11 8 #4:. 33,5}.
mm {1
its. 31mm 3—»:‘ r” ‘*
~ 3} first}; my
~' —a~
,3" NB:. .
T it} Emmam h‘yrflfifie, mfidfim
. 2
Ni} “km\N 3*) g3. 3%:th
. "a; rename. émsdama our; 3' 35‘ Exam
ml; 3:. 3‘»?
£1 52’»?
Hp ,3
i E“ {3-H u
mamas “0‘4 “*3 No L T o E? »
,. ,. t .m
m: t
m ass: rm
E S
HF 93‘ mm.-~. .v- .c ,
eel—$28 §}_?L:S P»Rea§§ara§, BEST, MW!,
3‘3 a? $3-?23 B?
—» V
G AC.” :"—F‘ C! I fl
£0a C ‘t. x1 Q. :3 i‘.—f '
m m: M . .t 53
N1; ‘lyuxj
_«—\ NH = NH x: “F" NH
Sn," gu‘ \. L:f—~\K .-' \ 3:3 \\ t
K’ ;
; x‘ i)
\a ;
' 1Q j 5‘:
— ‘5
— H \— 'H in— <_:
’5‘f"\ 5‘591“ a? x,
Ln ng R: u
fa MW: 33mm
?b. fitmfimfi 53:213.“
TC. Eixalmfi E33373“-
?6. Exam: 8233”!”
3?.“ 8‘3sz 34-33%}:
The TBDMS protecting group at 5’—hydroxyl group was deprotected using
HF°pyridine in acetonitrile and the final phosphitylation was performed with phosphitylating
reagent in the presence of BMT and N—methylimidazole (NMI) to make the dimer
sophoroamidates, 7a to 7e (Scheme 1). The final products (7) and three intermediates (3, 5,
6) were purified by column chromatography. The step and l yields of reactions with
quantities of final amidates obtained are listed in Table 3. Summary of analysis s for the
five dimer amidates are shown in Table 4.
Table 3. Yields of Dimer sis
_,TBDMS_ 5 :TBDMS_
Dimer 3’—NH— Dimer Overall
3 —Am1no 3 —NH—Tr—
(Quant't1 y) T .
r D'1mer am1'da et y1eld ( 0/)0
Nucleoside Dimer
(2T9Ag) 58% 91% 71% 51% 19.1%
58 % 82 % 70 % 47 % 15.6 %
( 1.7 g)
58 %
(3.4 g)
58 % 67 % 57 % 38 % 8.4 %
( 1.9 g)
58 % 99 % 42 % 38 % 9.2 %
(1-8 g)
Table 4. Summary of Dimer Analysis
LCMS Amount
(C2110) (g)
148.281(s), l48.l93(s), 73.811(s), 1169.4
73.723(s), 72.981(s), (s) (1169.23) '
l48.262(m), 74.034(m), 72.774(d), 1282.5
72.267(d) (1282.35) '
148.156(m), 74.244(s), 73.993(s), 1268.5 (Na)
72.912(s), 72.76l(s) (1246.32)
148.159(m), 73.993(s), 73.811(s), 1151.4
73.295(s), 73.100(s) (1151.22)
148.168(m), 148.0ll(s), 74.175(s), 1264.5
GA 962% 3'4
73.942(s), 73.170(s), 72.906(s) (1264.33)
Sflthesis Procedure of Dimer Thiophosphoroamidates
1) ation of 5’—TBDMS—3’—amino nucleoside (for Adenosine and Guanosine).
a) Dissolve 3’—NH—Tr—2’—deoxynucleoside (l.0eq) and imidazole (5.0eq) in
DMF and heat to 60°C.
b) Add TBDMSCl (l.2eq) to the heating solution then stir for 1 hr at 60°C.
c) Add saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution to reaction mixture then extract with
ethyl acetate.
d) The organic layer is washed by saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution and brine
solution.
e) Add anhydrous NaZSO4 to the separated organic layer for drying then .
f) The filtrate is concentrated.
g) Add 80% aqueous acetic acid solution to the concentrated reaction mixture then
stir for 1 hour at t temperature.
h) Remove the product solid by filtration then add saturated aqueous NaHC03
solution to the filtrate then extract by ethyl acetate four times.
i) The organic layer is dried over anhydrous NaZSO4 then d the solid by
filtration.
j) The filtrate is concentrated then purified by column chromatography (Eluent:
Ethyl acetate: Methanol=9:l 9 5:1).
k) 5’—TBDMS—3’—amino—2’—daoxynucleoside is obtained as White solid.
2] Preparation of MS—3’—amino side [for Thymidine]
a) Dissolve 5’—OH—3’—amino—2’—deoxynucleoside (l.0eq) and imidazole (5.0eq) in
DMF and heat up to 60°C.
b) Add TBDMSCl (l.2eq) to the heating on then stirred for 1 hr at 60°C.
c) Add saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution to reaction mixture then extract with
ethyl acetate four times.
d) Add anhydrous NaZSO4 to the organic layer for drying and .
e) The filtrate was concentrated.
f) The concentrated crude mixture is ed by column chromatography (Eluent:
Ethyl acetate: Methanol=lS:l 9 5:1).
g) 5’—TBDMS—3’—amino thymidine is obtained as a White solid.
3] Preparation of 5’—TBDMS—3’—NH—Tr dimer
a) To remove the moisture, 5’—TBDMS—3’—amino nucleoside (l.0eq) and EMT
(benzylmercaptotetrazole, l.0~5.0eq) are azeotroped by itrile three times then dissolved in
DMF at ambient temperature under N2 here.
b) Add monomer amidate (3.0eq) in DMF (using minimum amount to dissolve the
monomer amidate) to the reaction solution by drop wise then stir for 1 hour at ambient
temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Monomer e is prepared according to methods
bed in U.S. Patent 233.
c) Add xanthane hydride (2.0eq) and ne (4.0eq) to the reaction solution then
stir for 1 hour at ambient temperature under en atmosphere.
d) Add saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution to reaction mixture then extract with
ethyl acetate.
e) The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate.
f) The separated organic layers are combined and then washed by saturated aqueous
NaHC03 solution and brine solution.
g) Add anhydrous NaZSO4 to the organic layer for drying and filter, then the filtrate
is concentrated.
h) The concentrated crude e is ed by column chromatography (Eluent:
ethyl acetate: methanol=l.5:l 9 EA only).
i) 5’—TBDMS—3’—NH—Tr dimer is obtained as a pale yellow solid.
4] Preparation of 5’—OH—3’—NH—Tr dimer
a) Dissolve 5’—TBDMS—3’—NH—Tr dimer (l.0eq) in ACN (20mL) under nitrogen
atmosphere and then add HF— pyridine solution with ng at ambient temperature for 1.5
hours.
b) Add saturated aqueous NaHC03 on to reaction mixture then extract with
ethyl acetate.
c) The separated organic layer is washed by saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution and
brine solution.
d) Add anhydrous NaZSO4 to the organic layer for drying and filtering then the
filtrate is concentrated.
e) The concentrated crude mixture is purified by column chromatography (Eluent:
ethyl acetate, methanol, methylene chloride vent)
f) 5’—OH—3’—NH—Tr dimer is obtained as a white solid.
5] Preparation of Dimer phosphorothioamidate (Dimer amidate]
A) To remove any moisture, 5’—Hydroxy—3’—NH—Tr dimer is azeotroped by
acetonitrile three times then dissolved in ACN at ambient temperatureunder nitrogen atmosphere.
b) Add BMT (l.3eq), NMI (N—Methyl imidazole, 0.3eq) and phosphitylation reagent
(2.0eq) to the reaction solution then stir for 1 hour at ambient temperature.
c) Add saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution to reaction mixture then extract with
ethyl acetate.
d) The separated organic layer is washed by brine solution.
e) Add anhydrous NaZSO4 to the organic layer for drying and ing, then the
filtrate is concentrated.
] f) Dissolve concentrated reaction mixture in methylene chloride (lOmL) then add
hexane to itate the solid.
g) Decant the upper solution layer to remove excess phosphitylation reagent. (Repeat
decantation process 5 times).
h) The remaining solid is purified by column chromatography (Eluent: ethyl acetate,
acetone, methylene chloride vent)
] i) Dimer is obtained as a white solid.
Imetelstat Synthesis Utilizing Dimer Amidates
Five dimer amidates were used in place of monomer amidates as the building blocks
for the synthesis of imetelstat and the results were compared with the s obtained from the
amidates of monomer. For the coupling of the C nuceloside into imetelstat, the r
ng clock was used as depicted in the sequence below. The synthesis was performed at a
140 umole scale using an Akta Oligopilot 100.
S’R-TA GG GT TAQ C fi—NHz 3’ (SEQ ID NO: 3)
] Dimer amidates were used as building blocks to make imetelstat. Using the reagents
and synthesis parameters listed in Tables 5A and 5B, the five dimer amidates (AA, TA, GG, GA,
and GT) and one monomer amidate (C), as shown above, are coupled to make the imetelstat
sequence on low—loading CPG (PALM 0051, 64.6 umol/g). The coupling time is 500 sec and the
equivalency of the es were used. After the solid—phase synthesis, the support is treated
with ethanolic ammonium solution (NH4OHzEtOH=3:1(v/v)) at 65°C for 15 hours. The crude
product is isolated by evaporation of solvents and ed by UV spectroscopy and HPLC.
Table 5. Exemplary Synthesis Parameters (A) and Reagent Composition (B) for
oligonucleotide Synthesis. ACN is acetonitrile. DCA is dichloroacetic acid. PADS is
phenylacetyl disulfide. ETT is 5—Ethylthio—1H—Tetrazole
A B
3:. 3:33; ”“3 Reagent Name Composition
:: g F} Deblock 5% DCA in e
Amidite
as “3 0.2M in ACN
333 Activator 0.5M ETT in ACN
’ 7:3: ‘73 Thiolation 0.2M PADS in
ACN:LTD=l:l
Cap A 20% NMI on ACN
Cap B IBUA:LTD:ACN=l:l:8
E5313
DEA 20% DEA in ACN
33.13? 5:}
3 53::
3‘58
'3 531‘
Using an Akta Oligopilot 100, synthesis runs on a 140 umole scale were ted
using the monomer block method and the dimer block block . The synthesis conditions
for the synthesis runs were similar to those listed in Table 5A—B.
Table 6. tic ters for 140 umole scale Synthesis (AKTA Oligopilot 100)
Imetelstat stat
Parameters sis using Synthesis using
Monomers Dimers
CT (min) 3 min (2nd 6 min)
Deblock
(5% DCA in e)
Linear flow (cm/hr)
0.1M, 2.5eq 0.1M, 2.5eq
Amidate
(last 2: 3.0eq) (last AA: 3.0eq)
Activator 0.5M ETT (AmidatezActivator, 4:6)
Coupling 1st Coupling double coupling
CT for Flow through
1.8 min
(min)
CT for Recycle (min) 1.8 min (1st: 4 min)
Thiolation 5.27 min
(0.1M PADS
in AN:LTD=9: 1) Linear flow (cm/hr) 80 cm/hr
CT (min) 1 min (1st: 2 min)
Capping
(Cap A: 20% NMI in AN, CV 1 CV (1st: 2 CV)
CapB: IBUAzLTDzAN 212128) Linear flow (cm/hr) 120 cm/hr
(20% DEA in AN)
Linear flow (cm/hr)
Analysis of oligonucleotides by HPLC—MS showed that the FLP (full length product)
purity was improved significantly when the five dimer blocks were used for synthesis, giving
72% purity by HPLC as summarized in Tables 7 and 8. The crude oligo prepared using the
monomer blocks showed only 45% FLP purity. Further, the total OD (optical density) was
increased by more than double from 5,299 to 11,623 affording the crude yield of 3.34 g/mmol.
The (N—l) product level and the PO content were decreased to 2.4% from 11.2% and to 5% from
%, respectively.
An advantage of using dimer blocks includes that the production time is shortened
and the amounts of solvents used during the solid—phase synthesis are reduced.
Table 7. Analysis Result for 140 umole Scale Synthesis
Imetelstat Synthesis
Imetelstat Synthesis
Attributes using Monomer
using Dimer Amidate
Amidate
FLP 44.4 0/0 74.0 %
HPLC eakl
”'0 %
<N-1> product
UV Weight (mg)
g/mmol
LC/MS
The synthesis of five dimer amidates was completed successfully with the yields of
9% to 19% from 5’—hydroxy—3’—amino nucleoside or 5’—hydroxy—3’—tritylamino nucleoside
giving 1.7 gram to 3.4 gram. Optimization of reaction ions for each step was not studied
extensively. The dimers block syntheses of imetelstat were conducted on a 140 umol scale and
the results were compared with the data obtained from synthesis using monomer amidates. The
dimer blocks strategy for preparation of stat was shown to provide substantial
improvements because the purity and yield were improved icantly, e. g., on a 140 umol
scale (HPLC Purity: dimer 74.0% (Figure 8), monomer 44.4% (Figure 7), Crude yield by
tal optical density): dimer 468 mg, r 213 mg). In addition a lower amount of
npo linkagewas generated since there were fewer coupling steps in the synthesis using dimers.
Coupling efficiency for the dimer (140 umole scale Synthesis) shows that the dimer
synthesis had 96% coupling efficiency whereas the monomer synthesis is at 94%. Since there
were only seven coupling for the dimer the FLP for dimer was at 71.6% which is close to the
theoretically ated Full Length Product at 72% and the monomer with 13 couplings reported
a FLP of 45.6% vs the theoretically predicted at 44%.
Table 8. Analysis of Results for 140 umole Scale Synthesis
Products of Retention % area Products of dimer Retention % area dimer
monomer synthesis time (min) monomer synthesis time (min) synthesis
synthesis
target 38.2 44.4 target 37.9 74.0
Post Peak 39.8 11.0 Post Peak 1 39.8 2.5
N-l (N-C)
N-l (N-G)
Post Peak 2 . . Post Peak 2
N-2+iBu, N-2, N-2+iBu, N-2,
N-G+Phen lacet l N-G+Phen lacet 1
Post Peak 3 42.9 Post Peak 3 42.4
N-2+Phenylacetyl, N-2+Phenylacetyl,
N-3 (N-A-A-C) N-3 -C)
N-3+Phenylacetyl N-3+Phenylacetyl
oligonucleotides 54.7 oligonucleotides
“+Phenylacetyl” denotes a product derived from reaction with an oxidation reagent
Imetelstat synthesis utilizing fewer coupling steps provides for both Full Length
Product Purity and Yield that are substantially higher. Resolution of impurities es easier
purification of stat where there are less amounts of minor products closely running near the
main peak in HPLC to e itions having higher purity of imetelstat. This
improvement is desirable for lower cost of goods for manufacture of imetelstat sodium, e.g., the
cost of goods can be 30—40% less when implemented at manufacturing scale.
Scheme 2. Synthetic Scheme of GA Dimer Amidate
85g of TBAG was prepared from 300 g of APG2 according to the methods
described herein Via the steps shown in Scheme 2.
] Scheme 3. Synthetic Scheme of AA Dimer Amidate
N):m um _l
t r
o kWt W]
N ][ | \ [i if 3“ IL“ \' ..., K , \‘
u N 8- NW mN |
"‘ “T
HS—L ‘5’"
.n moms W‘"
.o i" ”\‘N
“W. \
. , memes ’3‘ J _. ". ll ll
N x”
mi NH b
:‘z—‘g: !.-:\ aye—q, .-’=\ 0
‘WN=NW' $45? “:3 {KL/5) Vwf Nat—“N. .('=\ k0 ‘J_ \
e59 ’ 4f ' _—."
""\ if
L] LJ _ i,
\x v» I n
Qty“
mm mam: TWA-2 mm
a {I} to
we ‘ \1 Wk “W as mffl‘ fl]
NW 135?} [I
N ,L, HajfiJ L ‘\ N.‘ [10.14 LI\;:::W
’ J' ,.
I K in l N l ,1
N \N w 3|) To N N
“rams-o
0 , we fix] THE-A u
,1 it TE [if ”a“ M “if”
—. M“? —» W7 WW“?
ga—§=s —»
\ "
, f 3
3‘1”?
N“ N Jays "n’ ‘9",
o—Ea ‘er
M: LEO ‘W. Nc’ ' a"
W NC 7 W D‘Wi
Q_\\V{ Misfzk NR NH
.;:W"_'\~ ,=\' In _\
\=N~"‘ 1&4," 'X:W‘ “—2)" ‘N=’_[—’“N_'
.35" - (x
LQ-‘n ch’” 6%?»
LEI”
mama mm 32mm
430 g of TBAPAl was obtained from 800g of the crude APAl (purity: 46%)
according to the methods described herein Via the steps shown in Scheme 3.
Scheme 4. Synthesis of TA Dimer Amidate.
O B O
HOW B
Protect NH2 HOW l Protection
: —> 5 —>
H2N HN\
Pixyl
1: B = T 2: B = T
O T
De 0
rotect at 3'—NH 5
: —>
\ CN
HN\P_ _
_ /\/
Couple with A(DMF) amidite 34" O
my I Sulfurization ane Hyd) O
3 vAdmf
HN‘:
O/\/CN
A ' ,P\ 0 T
Deprotect at 5'-OH N OW
Phosph'lty a Ionl t' H'If
S=F|’-O/\/CN
HN‘:
TA dimer amidate (5) has been prepared according to the methods described
herein Via the steps shown in Scheme 4 at scales of synthesis from 100mg to lg.
WO 68310
Scheme 5. Cou lin and ization durin Dimer Amidate s nthesis
0 OX
0 INlHO O
+ NFLOHAgNWN/fi ETTACN
o HZN‘ \<N HNTr
o i”
#OAQ‘\‘ N O
O HN\ I—_N
" O N N
,P~ / \\\
NC\/\O 0m ‘N N\
x N Q/ /
Table 9. ng and Sulfurization during Dimer e synthesis
Starting Mol. Eq. of reagents Solvent type Reaction Pdt. Yield Analysis
Material and time/ Weight
Quantity Amount temp.
l l ETT (1.0 eq), Acetonitrile R 300mg LCMS
Xantane hydride (2.06q), (5.0 mL) (crude)
00 mg T for 3+2
Pyridine (1.5 mL)
2 l 0.4M ETT (2.0 mL), neat R 350mg LCMS
Xantane hydride (1.26q), (crude)
00 mg T for 3+2
Pyridine (2.0 mL)
A variety of nucleoside monomers were prepared according to the methods
described herein which find use in the preparation of the dimer compounds.
Scheme 6: S nthesis of Levulinate rotected monomers
O NOHHNOGAO/B
HO/\<_7’B Pg—CI mAgB—> Deprotect o B
~ —~ ”OW
H2l\f ne HN Levunyl gp S
—20°C for 16h Pg HN\
33' Pg: Trg
1 35% 23: Pg: Tr Pg
2b: Pg = TMS 3b: P9 = TMS
Bsse tion
Phosphytilation O/\/CN
| —. XN/KWB
Scheme 7: S nthesis of a bis—DMF A amidite
NH2 N¢\N/
«(bf/2f”A </Nf”|
DMF- DMA O N N/)
HO —> HO
DMF £-
H2N 86% N\
\\N/
N¢\T/
Phosphitylation O/\/CN N \ N
reagent A </ I
,F|>\ 0 N N/J
DCM / DMF A
63% NC
Scheme 8: S nthetic Scheme for MMT DMT and Pix 1 Monomers A es :
NH2 NH2
OAGfN/NfNlN/J Protect 3'-NH2 O/\<:7/<N/NfNlN/J DMF - DMA
H H
Pyridine 5 DMF
HZN HN
PG: MMT, DMT, Pixyl
N¢\T/ N¢\N/
<':I[l:TN I
\ N \\N
Phosph'l ' O/A\V/CN
/ Ity atlon I < |
O N A
HOW N reagent N’P\O/\<:7/N N
s DCI //k\ 5
HN DCM HN
PG PG
PG: MMT, DMT, Pixyl
Amidite Admf 3’-
(MMT) Monomethoxytritylamino—
N6—dimethy1f0rmamidino—
2’ ,3’—dide0xyadenosine—
yanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
e Admf 3’-(dimethy1—substituted
(pixyl) Pixy1)amin0—N6—
dimethylformamidino—
2’ ,3’—dide0xyadenosine—
’—(2—cyanoethy1)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
Amidite Admf 3’—Dimethoxytritylamino—
(DMT) N6—dimethylformamidino—
2’ ,3’—dideoxyadenosine—
’—(2—cyanoethyl)—N,N—
diisopropyl
Phosphoramidite
While the present invention has been described with reference to the specific
embodiments thereof, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes
may be made and equivalents may be tuted without departing from the true spirit and scope
of the invention. In addition, many cations may be made to adapt a particular situation,
material, composition of matter, process, process step or steps, to the objective, spirit and scope
of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims
appended .
EMBODIMENTS
The present disclosure provides a composition having less than 1 part in 4 by
weight of a (N—l) product ve to a compound or a salt thereof, where the compound includes
a polynucleotide having a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside subunits and at least two of the
nucleoside subunits are joined by a N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage. In some
embodiments of the composition, the N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage is a
N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage having the structure: P(S)(OR)—
0—5’ where R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl,
an aryl, a tuted aryl and a ate ting group, or a salt thereof.
In some embodiments of the composition, the nd includes a
polynucleotide having a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA
component of human telomerase. In some embodiments of the composition, the polynucleotide
includes a sequence comprising 13 or more side subunits complementary to the RNA
component of human telomerase. In some embodiments of the ition, the polynucleotide
includes between 3 and 50 contiguous nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA
WO 68310
component of human telomerase. In some ments of the composition, the nucleoside
subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase are all joined by 5’
phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages. In some embodiments of the ition, the
polynucleotide includes a sequence selected from the group consisting of: GTTAGGGTTAG
(SEQ ID NO:4), TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3) and CAGTTAGGGTTAG (SEQ ID
NO:5). In some embodiments of the composition, the polynucleotide includes a 3’amino or a 3’
hydroxyl terminal group.
In some ments of the composition, the nd has the structure:
H OH j?
NWO—?—O T
O=|i’-SH
O=|i’-SH
O_[GnpanpanpsTnpsTnpsAnpanpsAnpanpsAnps] I A
or a salt thereof; Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage —NH—P(=O)(SH)—
0—, connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent nucleoside. In
some embodiments of the composition, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
In some embodiments of the composition, the compound has the structure:
OH “I“ < I ,j“
S=P'O N
O N
NH (5 i j o
H'il NH
<’ IA
S=fi’-O N
o N NH2
o— 7;) o
HI“ </ | i“
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- kg 0
HN <’ I 1H
S=|?-O N
o N NH2
0- S 7 0
HI fl:
S=fi’-O o N o
o— p o
HI W:
S=E-O o N o
o- p NH2
_' (/N |\NA
S—E-O o N N o
HN </ I 1H
S=I?-O N
o N NH
O' p NH2
HN (/N |\N
s=F'>—o N N4
(-3. i0) NH2
NH |
S—E-O N’J§O
o- NH2
I (/N |\NA
S=E-O N
O NH2
I‘H </N I)“
S=FI"O O N N/
o- b
NH2 (M )n
wherein each M“ is independently en or a counterion of a salt, each X is independently l,
2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5 to 13. In certain instances, M“ is hydrogen.
In some embodiments of the composition, the compound has the structure:
OH NH \N
<’ | J
S—P-O o N N
NH (5 o
o + i j
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' b o
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' p o
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0- kg 0
HN NH
I \fig
s=fi>—o o N o
o— p o
HI fl:
s=fi>—o o N o
o- NH2
N \
“H“ </ I j“
s=fi>—o o N N’
o- ; 3 o
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- lg MHZ
a «N \
HN I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
O' b NH2
3:}:3—0 N O
o- p NH2
Na+ \
NH «N I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
O' K 7 NH2
NH </N I \)N
8—9—0 0 N N/
o- 797
In some embodiments, the composition has less than 1 part in 6 by weight of a
(N—l) product relative to the compound. In some ments, the composition has less than l
part in 10 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound. In some embodiments, the
composition has less than 1 part in 20 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound. In
some embodiments, the composition has less that 1 part in 4 by weight of any (N—X) product
ve to the compound. In some embodiments, the composition has less that 40 part in 100 by
total weight of (N—X) cleotide—containing products relative to the compound. In some
embodiments, the ition has the following profile of (N—X) polynucleotide—containing
ts: less that 1 part in 4 by weight of a (N—l) product relative to the compound; at least 10
parts in 100 by weight of (N—2) and (N—3) products relative to the compound.
The t disclosure provides a compound active ceutical ingredient
having less than ll % by weight of a (N—l) product, where the compound or a ceutically
acceptable salt thereof includes a polynucleotide having a sequence of 10 or more nucleoside
subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase, where at least two of the
nucleoside subunits are joined by a N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
nucleoside subunits complementary to the RNA component of human telomerase are all joined
by N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkages. In some embodiments of the compound
active pharmaceutical ingredient, the 5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage is a
N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage having the structure: 3’—NH—P(S)(OR)—
0—5’ where R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl a substituted alkyl,
an aryl, a substituted aryl and a phosphate protecting group, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
polynucleotide includes between 10 and 50 contiguous nucleoside subunits complementary to
the RNA component of human telomerase. In some embodiments of the compound active
pharmaceutical ient, the cleotide includes a sequence selected from the group
consisting of: GTTAGGGTTAG (SEQ ID NO:4); TAGGGTTAGACAA (SEQ ID NO:3); and
CAGTTAGGGTTAG (SEQ ID NO:5). In some embodiments of the compound active
pharmaceutical ingredient, the polynucleotide includes a 3’amino or a 3’—hydroxyl terminal
group.
In some embodiments of the compound active ceutical ient, the
compound has the structure:
“£0 E o T
o {5!
(ID—l A
o=F|>—SH
c'>—[Gnp5GnpsenpsTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpscnpsAnpsi
or a pharmaceutically able salt thereof; Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate
linkage —NH—P(=O)(SH)—O—, connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon
of the adjacent nucleoside.
In some embodiments of the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
compound has the structure:
OH “I“ < I ,j“
S=P'O N
O N
NH (5 i j o
HI}! NH
<’ IA
S=fi’-O N
o N NH2
o— 7;) o
HI“ </ | i“
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- kg 0
HN <’ I 1H
S=|?-O N
o N NH2
0- 7;) 0
HI fl:
S=fi’-O o N o
o- s 7 0
HI W:
S=E-O o N o
O' p NH2
_' (/N |\NA
S—E-O o N N o
HN </ I 1H
S=I?-O N
o N NH
O' p NH2
HN (/N |\N
s=F'>—o N N4
(-3. i0) NH2
NH |
S—E-O N’gO
o- NH2
I (/N |\NA
S=E-O N
O N
O NH2
I‘H </N I)“
S=FI"O O N N/
o- b
NH2 (Mx+)n
Where each M“ is independently hydrogen or a counterion of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
each X is independently l, 2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5 to 13. In certain instances, M“ is
hydrogen.
] In some embodiments of the nd active pharmaceutical ingredient, the
compound has the structure:
OH NH \N
<’ | J
S—P-O o N N
NH (5 o
O + i j
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' b o
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' p o
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0- kg 0
HN NH
I \fig
s=fi>—o o N o
0— 7Q o
HI 1%)“:
s=fi>—o o N o
o- NH2
N \
“H“ </ I j“
S=Fl>_—O o N N’ o
O K 7
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- 7;) MHZ
a \
HN «N I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
O' b NH2
3:}:3—0 N O
o- p NH2
Na+ \
NH «N I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
0' b NH2
NH </N I \)N
8—9—0 0 N N/
0- 797
] In some embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less
that 9 % by weight of the (N—l) product. In some embodiments, the compound active
ceutical ingredient has less that 5 % by weight of the (N—l) product. In some
embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less that ll % of any (N—x)
product. In some embodiments, the compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has less that 45
% by weight in total of (N—x) polynucleotide—containing products. In some embodiments, the
compound active pharmaceutical ingredient has the ing profile of (N—x) polynucleotide—
containing products:less that 5 % by weight of a (N—l) product; and at least 10 % by weight of
(N—2) and (N—3) ts.
Also provided is a ceutical composition including a composition (e. g., of
any one of the embodiments described herein) formulated in a pharmaceutically acceptable
excipient. Also provided is a pharmaceutical ition ing a nd active
pharmaceutical ingredient (e. g., of any one of the embodiments described herein) formulated in a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
The t sure provides a method of synthesizing a polynucleotide. In
some embodiments, the method includes the steps of: (a) deprotecting the protected 3' amino
group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a solid phase t, said deprotecting forming a free
3' amino group; (b) ting the free 3' amino group with a 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide
phosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimer in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an
intemucleoside N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c) oxidizing the linkage.
In some embodiments, the method further includes: (a) deprotecting the protected
3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside ed to a solid phase support, said deprotecting
forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'—protected
aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomer in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form
an internucleoside N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c) oxidizing the linkage. In some
embodiments of the method, the oxidizing the linkage includes sulfurization to produce a
thiophosphoramidate linkage. In some embodiments of the method, the oxidizing the linkage
es an oxophosphoramidate linkage.
In some embodiments of the method, the 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide
phosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimer has the formula:
wherein X is O or S and B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a protected purine, a
pyrimidine or a protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof. In some embodiments of the method,
the B1 and B2 are each independently selected from ted adenine, protected cytosine,
protected guanine, thymine and uracil. In some embodiments of the , the B1 and B2 are
each independently selected from A(Bz), A(DMF), C(Bz), G(isobutyryl), T and U. In some
embodiments of the method, X is S.
In some ments of the method, the polynucleotide is of the formula:
Z_ _L O B
HN R3
\ /X
/P\ B
R0 0
R6 R3
where: each B is independently a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a protected
pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; each X is independently oxygen or ; each R3 is hydrogen,
fluoro, or hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a substituted alkoxy or a protected hydroxyl; L is an al
linker; Z is H, a lipid, a support, a carrier, an oligonucleotide, a PEG, a polypeptide, a detectable
label, or a tag; R6 is amino, hydroxyl, a protected amino, a ted hydroxy, —O—L—Z or —NH—
L—Z; R is hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl, or a ate
protecting group; and n is an integer of l to 1000; or a salt thereof; and the method comprises the
steps of: (a) deprotecting a protected 3' amino group of a terminal nucleoside attached to a solid
phase support, said ecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) reacting the free 3' amino
group with either: (i) a 3'—protected amino—dinucleotide phosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite
dimer; or
(ii) a 3'—protected aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite monomer; in the ce of a
nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside N3'—>P5' phosphoramidite linkage; (c) oxidizing
the linkage; and (d) repeating steps (a) h (c) until the polynucleotide is synthesized,
wherein the repeating steps (a) through (c) comprises performing step (b)(i) at least once.
In some embodiments of the method, the oxidizing the linkage comprises
ization to produce a thiophosphoramidate linkage. In some embodiments of the , the
oxidizing the linkage produces an oxophosphoramidate linkage. In some embodiments of the
method, the polynucleotide comprises a sequence of nucleoside ts complementary to the
RNA component of human telomerase, and wherein at least two of the side ts are
joined by a N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate subunit linkage. In some embodiments of the
method, the N3’—>P5’ phosphoramidate inter—subunit linkage is a N3’—>P5’ thiophosphoramidate
inter— subunit linkage haVing the structure: 3’—NH—P(S)(OR)—O—5’ where R is selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a tuted aryl and a
phosphate protecting group, or a salt thereof.
In some embodiments of the method, the polynucleotide includes the sequence
TAGGGTTAGACAA. In some embodiments of the method, all of the intemucleotide inter—
subunit linkages of the TAGGGTTAGACAA sequence are N3'—> PS' phosphoramidate inter—
subunit linkages. In some embodiments of the method, polynucleotide has the structure:
WO 68310
H OH ”
NW0_ _I? O T
O=|r_SH
O=|i’-SH
O_[GnpsGnpsGnpsTnpsTnpsAnpsansAnpanpsAnps] I A
or a salt thereof; Where “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage —NH—P(=O)(SH)—
0—, connecting the 3'—carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'—carbon of the adjacent nucleoside.
In some embodiments of the method, the polynucleotide has the structure:
H'i‘H \N
<’ I/J
S=P—O O N N
NH ('3 O
O 1: N
HI}! NH
<’ IA
S=I?-O N
o N’ NH2
0 kg 0
Hr </N I i“
S=I?-O N
o N/ NH2
0- b 0
Hr </N I i“
S=I?-O N
o N/ NH2
0- b 0
Hi fl:
s=E—o o N o
o- p 0
Hi fl:
s=E—o o N o
0' p NH2
“H“ «N P“
S=fi’-O N
o N’J o
O. b
”N <’ IA
S=I?-O N
o N NH
0— lg NHz
H'fl </N I)”’
86-0=P- —| O N NNH2
NH |
1 N’J§O
8—9—0 0
o NH2
“3“ «N I)“
s=E—o o N N/
o— b NHz
“H“ «N I)”
S=|?-O N
O N’
o— b
”“2 (M )n
n each M“ is independently hydrogen or a counterion of a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt, each X is independently l, 2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5 to 13. In certain instances, M“ is
hydrogen.
In some embodiments of the method, the polynucleotide has the structure:
OH NH \N
<’ | J
S—P-O o N N
NH (5 o
o + i j
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' b o
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0' p o
s=fi>—o N
o N/ NH2
0- kg 0
HN NH
I \fig
s=fi>—o o N o
0— 7Q o
HI fl:
s=fi>—o o N o
o- NH2
N \
“H“ </ I j“
s=fi>—o o N N’
o- ; 3 o
HN <’ | 1H
s=fi>—o N
o N NH2
0- 7;) MHZ
a \
HN «N I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
o- i j NH2
S=Fl’-O N O
o- p NH2
Na+ \
NH «N I j“
s=fi>—o o N N/
0' b NH2
NH </N I \)N
S—Ffi-O o N N/
0- 797
In some embodiments of the method, the C11 nucleotide e of the
TAGGGTTAGACAA sequence derives from a 3'—pr0tected aminonucleoside—5'—
phosphoramidite monomer. In some embodiments, the method includes sequential coupling of
the following tected amino—dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate—5'—phosphoramidite dimers
TA, GG, GT, TA, GA and AA and 3'—protected ucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite r
C to the solid phase support. In some embodiments of the method, the 3'—protected amino—
dinucleotide phosphoramidite—5'—phosphoramidite dimer is bed by the formula XIXZ,
wherein X1 and X2 are independently selected from protected adenine, protected cytosine,
protected guanine, thymine and uracil. In some embodiments of the method, the 3'—protected
aminonucleoside—5'—phosphoramidite dimer is ed from ted adenine, protected
cytosine, protected guanine, thymine and uracil.
The present sure provides a dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate compound
described by Formula (II):
Formula (II)
wherein: B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a
protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; R11 is hydrogen, a protecting group or a
phosphoramidite group; and R12 and R13 are each independently hydrogen or a protecting group;
or a salt thereof.
In some embodiments of the compound, B1 and B2 are each ndently
selected from protected adenine, protected cytosine, protected guanine, thymine and uracil. In
some embodiments of the nd, B1 and B2 are each independently selected from A(Bz),
A(DMF), C(Bz), utyryl), T and U. In some embodiments of the compound, R11 is a 5’—
phosphoramidite; R12 is a protecting group and R13 is a protecting group. In some embodiments
of the compound, B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of
WO 68310
the compound, B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is C(Bz). In some embodiments of the
compound, B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is G(isobutyry1). In some embodiments of the
compound, B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is T. In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is
A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is U. In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is
A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is C(Bz). In
some embodiments of the compound, B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is G(isobutyry1). In some
embodiments of the compound, B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is T. In some embodiments of the
nd, B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is U. In some embodiments of the nd, B1 is G(isobutyry1)
and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is G(isobutyry1) and
B2 is C(Bz). In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is G(isobutyry1) and B2 is
G(isobutyry1). In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is G(isobutyry1) and B2 is T. In some
embodiments of the compound, B1 is G(isobutyry1) and B2 is U. In some embodiments of the
compound, B1 is T or U and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF). In some embodiments of the compound, B1
is T or U and B2 is C(Bz). In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is T or U and B2 is
G(isobutyry1). In some embodiments of the compound, B1 is T or U and B2 is T. In some
ments of the compound, B1 is T or U and B2 is U.
All possible combinations of the above—indicated embodiments are considered to
be ed Within the scope of this invention.
Claims (45)
1. A method of synthesizing a cleotide having at least two nucleoside subunits joined by a ′ oxophosphoramidate or N3′→P5′ thiophosphoramidate inter-subunit linkage, the method comprising the steps of: (a) deprotecting a protected 3' amino group of a al protected 3’ amino nucleoside attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide phosphoramidate-5'-phosphoramidite dimer in the ce of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside N3'→P5' phosphoramidite linkage; and (c) oxidizing the linkage to produce a N3′→P5′ oxophosphoramidate or N3′→P5′ thiophosphoramidate inter-subunit linkage.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising: (a) deprotecting a protected 3' amino group of a terminal protected 3’amino side attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) contacting the free 3' amino group with a 3'-protected aminonucleoside-5'- phosphoramidite monomer in the ce of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside N3'→P5' phosphoramidite e; and (c) oxidizing the linkage.
3. The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein oxidizing the linkage comprises sulfurization to produce a N3'→P5' thiophosphoramidate linkage.
4. The method of claim 1 and 2, wherein oxidizing the linkage produces an N3'→P5' oxophosphoramidate e.
5. The method of any one of claims 1-4, wherein the 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide phosphoramidate-5'-phosphoramidite dimer has the formula: wherein X is O or S and B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a ted purine, a pyrimidine or a protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof.
6. The method of claim 5, n the B1 and B2 are each independently selected from protected adenine, protected cytosine, protected guanine, thymine and uracil.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein the B1 and B2 are each independently selected from A(Bz), A(DMF), C(Bz), G(isobutyryl), T and U.
8. The method of any one of claims 5-7, wherein X is S.
9. The method of any one of claims 1-8, wherein the polynucleotide is of the formula: each B is independently a purine, a protected purine, a pyrimidine or a protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; each X is independently oxygen or sulfur; each R3 is hydrogen, fluoro, or hydroxyl, an alkoxy, a substituted alkoxy or a protected hydroxyl; L is an optional linker; Z is H, a lipid, a support, a carrier, an ucleotide, a PEG, a ptide, a detectable label, or a tag; R6 is amino, hydroxyl, a protected amino, a protected hydroxy, -O-L-Z or –NH-L-Z; R is hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl, or a phosphate protecting group; and n is an integer of 1 to 1000; or a salt thereof; and the method comprises the steps of: (a) deprotecting a protected 3' amino group of a al side attached to a solid phase support, said deprotecting forming a free 3' amino group; (b) reacting the free 3' amino group with either: (i) a 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide phosphoramidate-5'-phosphoramidite dimer; or (ii) a 3'-protected aminonucleoside-5'-phosphoramidite monomer; in the presence of a nucleophilic catalyst to form an internucleoside N3'→P5' phosphoramidite linkage; (c) oxidizing the linkage; and (d) ing steps (a) through (c) until the polynucleotide is synthesized, wherein the repeating steps (a) through (c) comprises performing step (b)(i) at least once.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein oxidizing the linkage ses sulfurization to produce a N3'→P5' thiophosphoramidate linkage.
11. The method of claim 9, wherein oxidizing the e produces an N3'→P5' oxophosphoramidate linkage.
12. The method of any one of claims 8-11, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a sequence of nucleoside subunits, and wherein at least two of the nucleoside subunits are joined by a N3′→P5′ oxophosphoramidate or N3′→P5′ thiophosphoramidate inter-subunit linkage.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the N3′→P5′ sphoramidate or N3′→P5′ thiophosphoramidate inter-subunit e is a N3′→P5′ thiophosphoramidate inter-subunit linkage having the structure: 3′—NH—P(S)(OR)—O—5’ wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl, a substituted alkyl, an aryl, a substituted aryl and a phosphate ting group, or a salt thereof.
14. The method of any one of claims 9-12, wherein the polynucleotide comprises the sequence TAGGGTTAGACAA.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein all of the internucleotide subunit linkages of the TAGGGTTAGACAA sequence are N3'→ P5' oxophosphoramidate or N3′→P5′ thiophosphoramidate inter-subunit linkages.
16. The method of any one of claims 1-15, n the polynucleotide has the structure: H OH N O P O T O SH O P SH O A O P SH O [GnpsGnpsGnpsTnpsTnpsAnpsGnpsAnpsCnpsAnps] A or a salt thereof; n “nps” represents a thiophosphoramidate linkage —NH—P(═O)(SH)—O—, connecting the 3'-carbon of one nucleoside to the 5'-carbon of the adjacent nucleoside.
17. The method of any one of claims 1-15, wherein the polynucleotide has the structure: (Mx+)n wherein each Mx+ is independently hydrogen or a counterion of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, each x of Mx+ is independently 1, 2 or 3 and n is an integer from 5 to 13.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the cleotide has the structure:
19. The method of claim 14, wherein the C11 nucleotide residue of the TAGGGTTAGACAA ce derives from a 3'-protected aminonucleoside-5'- phosphoramidite monomer.
20. The method of claim 14, n the method comprises sequential coupling of the following 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate-5'-phosphoramidite dimers TA, GG, GT, TA, GA and AA and 3'-protected aminonucleoside-5'-phosphoramidite monomer C to the solid phase t.
21. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the 3'-protected amino-dinucleotide phosphoramidite-5'-phosphoramidite dimer is described by the formula X1X2, wherein X1 and X2 are independently selected from protected adenine, protected cytosine, ted guanine, thymine and uracil.
22. The method of claim 1, wherein the 3'-protected aminonucleoside-5'-phosphoramidite dimer is selected from protected adenine, protected cytosine, ted guanine, e and uracil.
23. A dinucleotide thiophosphoramidate compound described by Formula (II): Formula (II) wherein: B1 and B2 are each independently a purine, a ted purine, a pyrimidine or a protected pyrimidine, or an analog thereof; R11 is a phosphoramidite group; and R12 and R13 are each independently a protecting group; or a salt thereof.
24. The compound of claim 23, wherein B1 and B2 are each independently selected from protected adenine, protected cytosine, protected guanine, thymine and uracil.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein B1 and B2 are each independently ed from A(Bz), A(DMF), C(Bz), G(isobutyryl), T and U.
26. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF).
27. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is C(Bz).
28. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is G(isobutyryl).
29. The compound of claim 25, n B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is T.
30. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is A(Bz) or A(DMF) and B2 is U.
31. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF).
32. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is C(Bz).
33. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is G(isobutyryl).
34. The nd of claim 25, n B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is T.
35. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is C(Bz) and B2 is U.
36. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF).
37. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is C(Bz).
38. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is G(isobutyryl).
39. The nd of claim 25, wherein B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is T.
40. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is G(isobutyryl) and B2 is U.
41. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is T or U and B2 is A(Bz) or A(DMF).
42. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is T or U and B2 is C(Bz).
43. The nd of claim 25, wherein B1 is T or U and B2 is G(isobutyryl).
44. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is T or U and B2 is T.
45. The compound of claim 25, wherein B1 is T or U and B2 is U.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
NZ763996A NZ763996B2 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-04-29 | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201461987396P | 2014-05-01 | 2014-05-01 | |
US61/987,396 | 2014-05-01 | ||
US201562151909P | 2015-04-23 | 2015-04-23 | |
US62/151,909 | 2015-04-23 | ||
PCT/US2015/028327 WO2015168310A1 (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2015-04-29 | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NZ724764A NZ724764A (en) | 2021-02-26 |
NZ724764B2 true NZ724764B2 (en) | 2021-05-27 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11739114B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same | |
NZ724764B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same | |
NZ763996B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same | |
OA18106A (en) | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same | |
OA19860A (en) | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same. | |
EA044343B1 (en) | CRUDE POLYNUCLEOTIDE COMPOUND COMPOSITION | |
KR20240144488A (en) | Oligonucleotide compositions and methods of making the same |